Palm Centro Rogers User Guide (Unlocked)

Palm-Centro-User-Guide-777759 palm-centro-user-guide-777759

User Guide palm-centro-user-guide Palm Smartphone User Guides

Centro (Rogers) - User Guide centro_rogers_w_ug Free User Guide for Palm Mobile Phone, Manual - page1

Centro - User Guide centro_ug Free User Guide for Palm Mobile Phone, Manual - page1

2015-07-27

: Palm Palm-Centro-Rogers-User-Guide-777764 palm-centro-rogers-user-guide-777764 palm pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 290 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

User Guide
Your Palm®Centro Smartphone
Intellectual property notices
© 2007 Palm, Inc. All rights reserved. Blazer, HotSync, Palm, Palm
OS, Centro, VersaMail, and the Palm and Centro logos are among the
trademarks or registered trademarks owned by or licensed to Palm,
Inc.This product contains ACCESS Co., Ltd.s NetFront 3.0 Internet
browser software. © 1996-2005 ACCESS Co., Ltd. and ACCESS
Systems America, Inc. NetFront is the trademark or registered
trademark of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in Japan and in other countries except
the United States of America. NetFront is a registered trademark of
NetFront Communications, Inc. in the United States of America and
is used under a license. A portion of this software includes software
modules developed by the Independent JPEG group. Documents To
Go is a trademark or registered trademark of DataViz, Inc. © All rights
reserved. All other brand and product names are or may be
trademarks of, and are used to identify products or services of, their
respective owners.
This product is protected by one or more of the following United
States patents:
7,007,239; 6,976,226; 6,975,304; 6,965,375; 6,961,567; 6,961,029;
6,957,397; 6,952,571; 6,950,988; 6,947,975; 6,947,017; 6,943,667;
6,940,490; 6,924,752; 6,907,233; 6,906,701; 6,906,741; 6,901,276;
6,850,780; 6,845,408; 6,842,628; 6,842,335; 6,831,662; 6,819,552;
6,804,699; 6,795,710; 6,788,285; 6,781,824; 6,781,575; 6,766,490;
6,745,047; 6,744,451; 6,738,852; 6,732,105; 6,724,720; 6,721,892;
6,712,638; 6,708,280; 6,697,639; 6,687,839; 6,685,328; 6,665,803;
6,618,044; 6,590,588; 6,539,476; 6,532,148; 6,523,124; 6,519,141;
6,516,202; 6,490,155; 6,480,146; 6,457,134; 6,456,247; 6,442,637;
6,441,824; 6,437,543; 6,429,625; 6,425,087; 6,389,572; 6,388,877;
6,381,650; 6,363,082; 6,344,848; 6,317,085; 6,241,537; 6,222,857;
6,185,423; 6,147,314; 6,115,248; 6,064,342; D421,251; D429,252;
D466,128; D478,091. Patent pending.
This product also is licensed under United States patent 6,058,304.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of
Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this
product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.
Disclaimer and limitation of liability
Palm, Inc. and its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage
or loss resulting from the use of this guide. Palm, Inc. and its
suppliers assume no responsibility for any loss or claims by third
parties that may arise through the use of this software. Palm, Inc. and
its suppliers assume no responsibility for any damage or loss caused
by deletion of data as a result of malfunction, dead battery, or repairs.
Be sure to make backup copies of all important data on other media
to protect against data loss.
Palm Take Back and Recycling Program
This symbol indicates that Palm products should be
recycled and not be disposed of in unsorted
municipal waste. Palm products should be sent to a
facility that properly recycles electrical and electronic
equipment. For information on environmental
programs visit: palm.com/environment.
As part of Palm’s corporate commitment to be a
good steward of the environment, we strive to use environmentally
friendly materials, reduce waste, and develop the highest standards
in electronics recycling. Our recycling program keeps Palm handheld
devices, smartphones, and mobile companions out of landfills
through evaluation and disposition for reuse and recycling.
Palm customers may participate in the recycling program free of
charge. Visit palm.com/recycle or in the US call 877-869-7256 for
additional details and information about how you can help reduce
electronic waste.
v. 1.3
CONTENTS iii
Contents
Welcome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
What’s in the box? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
What do I need to get started? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Where to learn more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
CentroOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Inserting the SIM card and battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Maximizing battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Making your first call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Setting up your computer for synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Synchronizing information—the basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Moving around on your Palm®Centro smartphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Moving around the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Using the keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Opening applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Your phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Turning your Centro™ smartphone on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Making calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Receiving calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Using voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
What can I do when I’m on a call? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
How many minutes have I used? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Entering names and phone numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
CONTENTS
iv
Defining favorite buttons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Using a hands-free device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Customizing phone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
What are all those icons? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Your email and other messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Your email application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
The VersaMail® application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Messaging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Your connections to the web and wireless devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Connecting your computer to the Internet through your Centro™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Connecting with Bluetooth devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Your photos, videos, and music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Camera and Camcorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Pictures & Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Pocket Tunes™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Your personal information organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
World Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Your memos and documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Documents To Go® Professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Voice Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
CONTENTS v
Your application and info management tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Using Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Viewing and using the alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Installing applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Removing applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Viewing application info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Sending information with Bluetooth® wireless technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Beaming information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Synchronizing information—advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Using expansion cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
Your personal settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
System sound settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Display and appearance settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Applications settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Locking your Centro and info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
System settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Connecting to a VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Common questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Desktop software installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Resetting your Centro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Hands-free devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
CONTENTS
vi
Messaging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Web. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Making room on your Centro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Third-party applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Important safety and legal information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
7
CHAPTER
1
Welcome
Congratulations on the purchase of your Palm®Centro
smartphone!
Benefits
Make and receive phone calls
Manage your contacts, calendar,
and task list
Receive and send corporate and
personal email messages
Browse the web
Use a Bluetooth® headset (sold
separately) for hands-free
operation
In this chapter
What’s in the box? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
What do I need to get started? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Where to learn more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
WELCOME
WHAT’S IN THE BOX? 9
1
CHAPTER
In one compact and indispensable device,
you now have all of the following:
Phone application for making and
receiving calls
Contacts application that stores the
names, phone numbers, and even
pictures of friends, family, business
contacts—everyone you stay in touch
with
Email application for receiving and
sending email (business and personal)
Palm OS® by ACCESS personal info
applications for storing your
appointments, to-do lists, memos, and
more
Expansion card slot that accepts
microSD cards (sold separately) for
storing music files, videos, dictionaries,
games, and lots of other applications
An SXGA 1.3 megapixel (1280 x 1024)
digital camera for snapping photos and
capturing short videos
Text and multimedia messaging
MP3 player
Applications for reading, creating, and
editing Microsoft Office files and
viewing PDF files
Desktop synchronization software for
entering names, addresses, and more
on your computer, and then transferring
them to your Centro with one press of a
button
What’s in the box?
You should have received all the following
items in the box:
Hardware
Centro
SIM card (not included with all models;
preinstalled in Centro on some models;
see Inserting the SIM card and battery
for details)
TIP
LOOK HERE: Don’t miss the helpful tips
and cross-references given in these boxes.
WELCOME
WHAT DO I NEED TO GET STARTED?
10
1
CHAPTER
Rechargeable battery
AC charger
USB sync cable
Headset
Documentation and software
Getting Started Guide
Palm Software Installation CD, which
includes the following:
Palm®Desktop software
Links to bonus software for your
Centro
User Guide: Your Palm®Centro
Smartphone (this guide)
Palm warranty
What do I need to
get started?
This guide helps you set up your Centro
and quickly learn to use it. To get started,
you need all the items that came in the
Centro box (see What’s in the box?), plus
the following:
Appropriate service contracts. Phone
and text messaging services require a
service contract with your carrier Web,
email, and multimedia messaging
services require a service contract and
data services from your carrier. Be sure
to sign up for a mobile account with
data services. Data speeds vary based
on network availability and
capacity.Please contact your carrier for
details about your data service options.
A SIM card. To use your Centro on your
network, you must insert the SIM card
into your Centro.
If your Centro box did not contain a
SIM card, you need to contact your
carrier to get one.
KEY
TERM
SIM (Subscriber Identity Module)
card The smartcard that you insert into your
Centro and that identifies you to the mobile
network. It contains your mobile account
information, such as your phone number and
the services to which you subscribe. Phone
book entries and SMS messages can also be
stored on the SIM card.
WELCOME
WHERE TO LEARN MORE 11
1
CHAPTER
A location where you are within
coverage of your network.
An electrical outlet.
The computer with which you want to
synchronize your personal information.
Where to learn more
Whether you’re on the go or at your
computer, there are several ways to learn
more about using your Palm®Centro
smartphone.
For a quick introduction
Quick Tour: The Quick Tour introduces you
to many of the features on your Centro.
It is already installed on your Centro, and
you can open it any time. Press
Applications , and then select Quick
To u r .
Tu t o ri a l : The Palm Tutorial explains how to
make calls, browse the web, and send and
receive email. Find the tutorial on the web
at go.palm.com/centro-gsm/.
While using your Centro
On-device User Guide: A copy of this
guide is included on your Centro. The
on-device guide is specially formatted for
your Centro screen. To view the on-device
guide, press Applications , and then
select My Centro .
Tips: Many of the built-in applications
include helpful tips for getting the most out
of your Centro. To view these tips, open an
application, press Menu , select
Options, and then select Tips.
Many dialog boxes have a Tips icon in
the upper-right corner. Select the Tips icon
to learn about the tasks you can perform in
that dialog box.
Online support from Palm: For up-to-date
downloads, troubleshooting, and support
information, go to go.palm.com/
centro-gsm/.
If you need more information
Books: Many books on Palm OS® devices
are available in local or online book retailers
(look in the computers section), or visit
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/.
WELCOME
WHERE TO LEARN MORE
12
1
CHAPTER
Online forums: Consult online user
discussion groups to swap Centro
information and learn about Centro topics
you may find nowhere else. Visit
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/ for details.
13
CHAPTER
2
Setting up
You’re about to discover the many things about your
Palm®Centro smartphone that will help you better manage
your life and have fun, too. As you become more familiar with
your Centro, you’ll want to personalize the settings and add
applications to make it uniquely yours.
But first, take the few easy steps in this chapter to set up your
Centro and get it running.
Benefits
Know where your Centro controls
are located
Start using your Centro right away
Establish a link between your
Centro and your computer
In this chapter
Centro™ Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Inserting the SIM card and battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Charging the battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Maximizing battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Making your first call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Setting up your computer for synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Synchronizing information—the basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SETTING UP
CENTRO
OVERVIEW 15
2
CHAPTER
CentroOverview
Front view
Indicator light (phone
and charge indicator) 5-way navigator and
Center button
Earpiece
Menu
Phone
Send
Side button
Volume
Messaging
Applications
Power/End
Calendar
Stylus
SETTING UP
CENTROOVERVIEW
16
2
CHAPTER
Back view
TIP
Protect your screen. Be careful to store
your Centro away from items that might
scratch or crush the screen. Your Centro
comes with a screen protector. Visit
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/ to find carrying
cases and other useful accessories.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
When your Centro screen is
on, you can change your button settings and
select an application of your choice; see
Reassigning buttons for details.
Camera lens
Battery door
Speaker
Self-portrait mirror
Sync connector
Headset jack
Microphone
Expansion card slot
Infrared (IR) port
Lanyard loop Power connector
SETTING UP
INSERTING THE SIM CARD AND BATTERY 17
2
CHAPTER
IMPORTANT The Centro speaker includes
a large magnet, so be sure to keep your
Centro away from credit cards or other
items that could be demagnetized.
Top view
Inserting the SIM
card and battery
Your SIM card contains account
information such as your phone number
and voicemail access number. To use the
phone, email, or web features, the SIM
card must be inserted into your Centro.
NOTE Your SIM card may already be
installed in your Centro. Follow steps 1
through 3 to check. If a SIM card did not
come with your Centro, you may already
have one. If the SIM card does not work,
contact your network operator.
1Press the battery door near the top and
slide the battery door downward to
remove it from your Centro.
2If the battery is installed, remove it.
(See Replacing the battery for details.)
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
The Ringer switch silences all
sounds at once. You don’t need to hunt for Off
buttons all over the device.
Ringer switch
Battery door
SETTING UP
INSERTING THE SIM CARD AND BATTERY
18
2
CHAPTER
3If the SIM card is already installed, skip
to step 7.
4Remove the stylus to make insertion of
the SIM card easier. Replace it when
you finish these steps.
5Align the notch on the SIM card with
the right side of the SIM holder.
6Insert the straight end of the SIM card
into the SIM holder, and then push the
SIM card forward until it fits into place.
7Align the metal contacts on the battery
with the contacts inside the battery
compartment, insert the battery into the
compartment at a 45-degree angle, and
then press it into place.
Battery
contacts
Centro
contacts
SETTING UP
CHARGING THE BATTERY 19
2
CHAPTER
IMPORTANT Use the battery that came
with your Centro. Do not use a battery
from another Centro model in your Centro.
Similarly, do not use the Centro battery in
another Centro model. Using a battery that
is designed for another Centro model can
damage your Centro. For info on
replacement batteries, see Replacing the
battery.
NOTE Unauthorized batteries will not
power your Centro. Only a Palm approved
battery will wake up and power your
Centro. If your Centro does not turn on,
check to see whether an unauthorized
battery has been inserted in your Centro.
8Slide the battery door onto the back of
the Centro until it clicks into place.
9Your Centro screen wakes up and
begins the setup process. When the
language selection screen appears,
select the language you want to use,
and then follow the onscreen
instructions to set up your Centro.
IMPORTANT Always use the same
language for your Centro, your computer
operating system, and your desktop
synchronization software. Otherwise, you
may lose information or have difficulty with
synchronization. Support is not provided for
mismatched language setups.
NOTE If the correct battery is inserted and
your Centro still does not turn on, you need
to connect it to the AC charger. Make sure
the AC charger is plugged in to a wall
outlet. If your Centro still does not turn on
after being connected to the AC charger for
five minutes, do a soft reset. See
Performing a soft reset.
Charging the battery
The battery comes with a sufficient charge
to complete the setup process and activate
your phone. After activation, we
recommend charging your Centro for three
hours (or until the indicator light is solid
TIP
The power-saving feature turns off the
Centro screen after a period of inactivity. To
wake up the screen, press and release
Power/End, and then press Center on the
5-way to turn off Keyguard.
SETTING UP
CHARGING THE BATTERY
20
2
CHAPTER
green) to give it a full charge. See
Maximizing battery life for tips on
maximizing the life of your Centro battery.
1Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet.
2Connect the charger cable to the
bottom of your Centro. Make sure the
arrow on the connector is facing up,
toward the screen.
3To confirm that your Centro is being
charged, check the indicator light on
your Centro.
Solid red indicates that your Centro is
being charged.
Solid green indicates that your Centro
is fully charged.
TIP
To avoid draining the battery, charge your
Centro every day, especially if you use your
phone often.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If your battery ever becomes
fully drained, your info is still stored safely on
your Centro until you connect it to a power
source and charge the battery.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can also trickle-charge
your Centro without the AC charger by
connecting it to your computer with the sync
cable. Trickle-charging takes longer, however.
Be sure to plug your computer into a power
source, or your Centro could drain the
computer’s battery. For the quickest charge
time, use the AC charger.
When trickle-charging your Centro with the
sync cable, the indicator light may not turn on.
To make sure the battery is being charged,
check the onscreen battery indicator.
Indicator light
SETTING UP
CHARGING THE BATTERY 21
2
CHAPTER
When your Centro is on (see Turning your
Centro™ smartphone on and off), the
onscreen battery icon displays the charging
status:
To see the remaining battery charge
expressed as a percentage, tap the
onscreen battery icon.
TIP
If the battery is fully drained, it may take a
few moments for the indicator light to turn on
when you begin charging.
TIP
If the indicator light does not turn on when
you connect your Centro to the AC charger,
double-check the cable connection and the
electrical outlet to which it is connected.
A red lightning bolt indicates that
the battery is connected to an
electrical outlet and is being
charged.
A green lightning bolt indicates that
the battery is connected to an
electrical outlet and is fully charged.
A partial battery without a lightning
bolt indicates that the battery is not
connected to an electrical outlet
and it has some power.
An almost empty battery that is red
at the bottom indicates that you
need to charge the battery
immediately.
Battery icon
SETTING UP
MAXIMIZING BATTERY LIFE
22
2
CHAPTER
Maximizing battery
life
Battery life depends on how you use your
Centro. You can maximize the life of your
battery by following a few easy guidelines:
IMPORTANT You must use the battery
that came with your Centro or a
Palm-approved replacement. For info on
replacement batteries, see Replacing the
battery.
Unauthorized batteries cannot power your
Centro. Only a battery approved by Palm
will wake up and power your Centro.
You can buy an extra battery as a spare
for long plane trips or periods of heavy
use. To purchase batteries that are
compatible with your Centro, go to
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/.
Charge your Centro whenever you can.
Charge it overnight. The battery has a
much longer useful life when it is
topped off frequently than when it is
charged after it is fully drained.
The wireless features (phone, email,
messaging, and web) and media
features (camera, media players,
eBooks, and games) of your Centro
consume more power than its organizer
features. Speakerphone usage also
consumes more power than using the
earpiece. If you use the wireless,
speakerphone, and media features
often, keep an eye on the battery icon
and charge when necessary.
If you don’t plan to use the wireless
features on your Centro for a while, turn
off your phone (see Turning your
Centro™ smartphone on and off) and let
all calls be picked up by voicemail.
As with any mobile phone, if you are in
an area with no wireless coverage, your
Centro searches for a signal, which
consumes power. If you cannot move to
an area of better coverage, temporarily
turn off your phone. While your phone is
off, you can continue to use the
nonwireless features of your Centro.
Turn down the screen brightness (see
Adjusting the brightness).
SETTING UP
MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL 23
2
CHAPTER
Decrease the settings in Power
Preferences and turn off Beam Receive
(see Optimizing power settings).
Turn off the Bluetooth® feature if you’re
not using it. See Connecting to a
Bluetooth® hands-free device.
Making your first call
1Press Phone .
2If prompted, press Center to turn
off Keyguard (see Locking your
keyboard (Keyguard) for more info).
If Check SIM Card appears in the title
bar, see Inserting the SIM card and
battery.
If a blank space appears in the title
bar, the phone is either searching for a
network or you’re outside a wireless
coverage area. It may take a few
moments for the title bar to display a
network name. If you believe you are
in a wireless coverage area and this
problem persists, contact your
network operator for assistance.
3Press Left to select the Dial Pad
tab.
4Tap the onscreen Dial Pad to enter the
number you want to call.
5Press Send to dial the number.
6If prompted, press Center to select
Ye s and turn on your phone.
Dial Pad
Favorites Main Contacts
Call Log
Status
icons
SETTING UP
MAKING YOUR FIRST CALL
24
2
CHAPTER
7After you finish the call, press Power/
End to end the call.
Adjusting call volume
While a call is in progress, press the
Vol ume button on the side of your Centro
to adjust the call volume.
To increase the volume, press the upper
half of the Volume button.
To decrease the volume, press the
lower half of the Volume button.
What’s my phone number?
1Make sure your phone is on (see
Turning your phone on and off).
2Press Phone .
3Press Menu .
4Select Options, and then select Phone
Info.
If your phone number doesn’t appear in
Phone Info, make sure your SIM card is
properly inserted into your Centro. If your
phone number still does not appear in
Phone Info, look for the number on the
plastic holder to which the SIM card was
attached. If you still need assistance,
please contact your network operator
TIP
If you are inside a coverage area and
cannot complete a call, contact your network
operator for assistance.
Volume
Side button
Look here for
your phone
number
SETTING UP
SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 25
2
CHAPTER
Setting up your
computer for
synchronization
Before you can synchronize the info on
your computer and the info on your Centro,
you need to install the desktop
synchronization software and connect the
sync cable to your computer.
You can use either Palm® Desktop software
(included) or Microsoft Outlook for
Windows (sold separately) as your desktop
software.
Not familiar with synchronization? See
Synchronizing information—the basics.
System requirements
Your computer should meet the following
minimum system profiles for Windows or
Mac computers.
Windows XP Service Pack 2 (SP2),
Windows Media Center Edition 2005, or
Vista:
32MB of available memory (RAM)
170MB of free hard disk space
CD drive
Available USB port
Mac OS X version 10.3 to 10.5:
128MB of total memory (RAM)
190MB of free hard disk space
CD drive
Available USB port
Upgrading from another PalmOS® by
ACCESS device
NOTE If you are setting up your first Palm
OS® device, skip ahead to Installing the
desktop synchronization software.
When you install the desktop software
from the Palm Software Installation CD,
some third-party applications may be
quarantined because they are not
compatible with the Palm OS software
version 5.4.9 on your Centro. Quarantined
files are not installed on your Centro, nor
are they deleted. These files are placed in a
new folder on your computer: C:\Program
Files\Palm\<device name>\PalmOS5
SETTING UP
SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION
26
2
CHAPTER
Incompatible Apps. (Can’t find a Palm
folder in Program Files? Then look for a
folder labeled palmOne or Handspring
instead. For more info, see I can’t find my
user folder.)
IMPORTANT Synchronize your Centro only
with the version of Palm Desktop software
included with your device. Older versions
may not work correctly.
You can transfer all compatible applications
and information from your previous Palm
OS device—whether it’s a handheld or a
Treo—to your new Centro, so long as the
space taken up by all the info you want to
transfer is 64MB or less. This includes your
calendar events, contacts, memos, and
tasks, as well as your application settings
and any compatible third-party applications
and files.
1Calculate how much space your apps
and info occupy on your previous Palm
OS device.
In Applications View, open the menus.
Select Info on the App menu.
At the bottom of the screen, select
Size.
Look at the numbers on the Free
Space line and subtract the number
on the left from the number on the
right to calculate the space used. For
example, on the device shown here,
22.4 – 17.5 = 4.9. This means that
4.9MB of space is occupied on this
device.
2If the space occupied on your previous
device is 64MB or less, go to step 3. If
the space occupied is greater than
64MB, do any of the following to reduce
TIP
We do not recommend using third-party
utilities that back up your old device’s
information onto an expansion card and then
transfer the info to your Centro. Such methods
transfer all applications to your Centro,
including those that are not designed to work
with Palm OS version 5.4.9.
SETTING UP
SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 27
2
CHAPTER
the storage space you’re using before
you go to the next step:
Delete any third-party applications
that you no longer use.
Move large files, such as eBooks and
images, to an expansion card.
Move third-party applications to an
expansion card.
Purge old info in applications such as
Calendar (Date Book), Tasks (To Do),
and email. Refer to the
documentation that came with your
previous device for instructions on
these items.
3Synchronize your previous device with
your previous desktop software to back
up your information one last time.
4Install the desktop synchronization
software from your new Palm Software
Installation CD (see Installing the
desktop synchronization software).
5During the installation process, sync
your Centro with your new desktop
software as instructed. When
prompted, do the following:
Connect your Centro to your
computer (see Connecting your
Centro to your computer).
Indicate that you want to sync only
the info in your PIM apps (Calendar,
Contacts, Memos, and Tasks). This is
strongly recommended to ensure an
optimal upgrade experience. Or
indicate that you want to sync all info
and apps (excluding apps known to be
incompatible).
Select a device name for your Centro;
be sure to select the same name that
you used for your old device. (To
locate this name, select the HotSync
application on your old Palm device.
The device name appears in the
upper-right corner of the screen.)
6MAC ONLY If you have pictures on
your previous device, copy them from
your previous device to an expansion
card or beam them to your Centro.
7If you plan to continue using your
previous device, perform a hard reset
on your previous device to remove its
associated device name. (See the
documentation that came with your
previous device for instructions on
SETTING UP
SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION
28
2
CHAPTER
performing a hard reset.) Each device
you synchronize with your computer
must have a unique name. The next
time you synchronize your previous
device with your computer, be sure to
assign it a new name.
If any third-party applications are
quarantined during the installation, do not
manually install them. Contact the
third-party developer for software updates
and info about compatibility with your
Centro.
If you have trouble upgrading or finding
quarantined files, see Upgrading.
Installing the desktop synchronization
software
IMPORTANT Even if you already own a
Palm OS device and have installed a
previous version of the desktop software,
you must install the software from the
Palm Software Installation CD that came
with your Centro.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN If you are installing
on a computer at work, make sure your
computer is configured to let you install
new software. Contact your company’s
IT department for help.
1Close any applications that are currently
running on your computer, including
those that are minimized. Your
computer needs to have all its
resources available to install the
software.
2Insert the Palm Software Installation CD
into the CD drive on your computer.
TIP
If you want to sync info with applications
other than Palm Desktop or Microsoft
Outlook, you need to purchase additional
third-party sync software. This sync software
is sometimes called a conduit.
SETTING UP
SETTING UP YOUR COMPUTER FOR SYNCHRONIZATION 29
2
CHAPTER
3If you are installing on a Mac,
double-click the CD icon on the desktop,
and then double-click the Palm
Software.pkg icon.
4When the installation wizard opens,
follow the onscreen instructions. Note
these important points about the
installation.
When the language selection screen
appears, select the same language
you selected on your Centro.
WINDOWS ONLY You can choose
which desktop software you want to
use for synchronization:
Palm Desktop software or Microsoft
Outlook.
NOTE Whether you select to synchronize
with Microsoft Outlook or Palm Desktop
software, Palm Desktop software is still
installed on your computer. If you use
Outlook as your desktop email application,
select Outlook as your desktop
synchronization software. Remember that
when you enter information on your
computer, you must enter it in the software
you selected in this step.
The installation process prompts you
to connect your Centro to your
computer. Go to the next section.
Connecting your Centro to your computer
After you install the desktop software (see
Installing the desktop synchronization
software), you’re ready to connect your
Centro to your computer.
1Plug the AC charger into a wall outlet.
2Plug the USB sync cable into an
available USB port or into a powered
USB hub connected to your computer.
SETTING UP
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—THE BASICS
30
2
CHAPTER
3With the sync button facing up, connect
the sync cable to the bottom of your
Centro. Do not press the sync button
until you are instructed to do so.
4(Optional) Connect the charger cable to
the bottom of your Centro.
You are now ready to synchronize; go to
Synchronizing information—the basics.
Synchronizing
information—the
basics
Synchronizing means that info you enter or
change in one place (your Centro or your
computer) is automatically entered or
changed in the other; so there’s no need to
enter the info twice. We strongly
recommend that you sync your Centro with
your computer or corporate server
frequently to keep your info up-to-date (and
backed up) in both locations.
The info from all the following applications
is updated by default each time you sync
your Centro with your desktop software:
How each application syncs depends on
your computer type and the desktop
software you are using, as follows:
TIP
For best performance, plug your sync
cable directly into a USB port on your
computer. If your computer has USB ports on
both the front and back, we recommend using
the back port; the front port is often a
low-power port. If you use a USB hub, make
sure the hub has its own power supply.
Sync cable Sync button
SETTING UP
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—THE BASICS 31
2
CHAPTER
For more sync options, including which
apps sync, see Synchronizing
information—advanced.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN To sync your info,
you must install Palm Desktop software
from the Palm Software Installation CD
that came with your Centro—even if you
sync with Outlook or another third-party
application. See Installing the desktop
synchronization software for instructions.
1Connect your Centro to your computer,
as described in Connecting your Centro
to your computer.
2Press the sync button on the sync
cable.
Messages on both your computer and
your Centro indicate that
synchronization is in progress.
3Wait until you see the message on your
Centro that the HotSync operation is
complete; then disconnect the sync
cable. Do not disconnect the sync cable
until you see this message.
Problems synchronizing? See
Synchronization for troubleshooting
suggestions.
If you’re finishing your initial setup, you
now have the option to install bonus
software. If you choose to install some of
the bonus software, you need to sync
again to install the software on your
Centro. You can also install bonus software
later; see Installing applications.
For info on locating your pictures and
videos on your computer, see Viewing
pictures and videos on your computer.
Where’s my info stored?
When you synchronize your Centro, your
info is stored on your computer in one of
these locations:
Sync button
SETTING UP
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—THE BASICS
32
2
CHAPTER
Windows XP and earlier: Program Files >
Palm > HotSyncUsername
Windows Vista: Username > Documents
> Palm > HotSyncUsername
33
CHAPTER
3
Moving around on your
Palm
®
Centro
smartphone
Have you ever been to a new city and felt a bit lost until you
figured out that the numbered streets run north/south and the
avenues run east/west? Learning to move around on your
Centro is similar. Most applications on your smartphone use
the same set of controls in the same way. So once you learn
how to use these controls on your Palm®Centro smartphone,
you’ll be driving all over town and you won’t even need a map.
Benefits
Find and open applications quickly
Access extra features with menus
Move around in applications with
one hand, using the 5-way
navigator
Access many more characters and
symbols than are displayed on the
keyboard
In this chapter
Moving around the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Using the keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Opening applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
MOVING AROUND THE SCREEN 35
3
CHAPTER
Moving around the
screen
To move around the Centro screen, you
can use the 5-way navigator for
one-handed navigation, or you can tap
items on the screen with the stylus. With
use, you will find your own favorite way to
scroll, highlight, and select menu items. The 5-way includes the following buttons:
TIP
Some third-party applications may not
work with the 5-way navigator, and you must
use the stylus instead.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
In this guide, we use arrow
icons to indicate directions on the 5-way.
These are different from any onscreen arrows
that you tap with your stylus or select with the
5-way to display pick lists.
Up
Right Left
Down
Center
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
MOVING AROUND THE SCREEN
36
3
CHAPTER
Highlighting and selecting items
On most screens, one item—a button, a
list entry, or a check box—is highlighted by
default. The highlight identifies which item
is affected by your next action. Use Left ,
Right , Up , and Down on the
5-way to move the highlight from one item
to another.
Learn to recognize the highlight. It can take
two forms:
Border glow: When an entire screen, an
onscreen button (such as Done, New, or
OK) or a pick list is highlighted, a glow
appears around its border. If an entire
screen is highlighted, the glow appears at
the top and bottom of the screen only.
Colored background: When a phone
number, text, an email address, a web link,
or an item in a list is highlighted, the item is
displayed as white text against a colored
background. Examples of lists include the
Contacts list, the Messaging Inbox, and the
Tasks list.
After highlighting an item, you can select or
activate it by pressing Center , or by
tapping the item with the stylus.
TIP
If the item you want doesn’t appear on the
screen, try tapping the onscreen scroll arrows
to view more info.
TIP
When a border appears at the top and
bottom of a list screen, press Center on the
5-way to highlight the first item in the list.
TIP
After you open an application (see
Opening applications), experiment with using
the 5-way to highlight various screen
elements.
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
MOVING AROUND THE SCREEN 37
3
CHAPTER
Highlighting text
You can use the stylus to highlight text on
the screen.
Tap and drag the stylus across the text
you want to highlight.
To highlight a word, double-tap it.
To highlight a paragraph, triple-tap it.
Accessing command buttons
In most applications, command buttons
such as New, OK, and Details appear at the
bottom of the screen. In many cases, you
can jump directly to these buttons instead
of scrolling to them.
From a list screen, such as the Memos
list, press Right to jump to the first
button.
From a screen where you create or edit
entries, such as Contact Edit, press
Center to jump to the first button.
From a dialog box, such as Edit
Categories, press Up or Down to
scroll to the buttons.
Selecting menu items
Many applications have menus to give you
access to additional features. These menus
are usually hidden from view, but they
appear when you press Menu . To get
the most out of your Centro, it’s a good
idea to familiarize yourself with the
additional features available through the
various application menus.
1Press Menu to display an
applications menus.
2Press Right and Left to switch
between menus.
3Press Up and Down to highlight a
menu item.
4Press Center to select the menu
item, or press Menu to close the
menu and cancel your selection.
Menu shortcut
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
MOVING AROUND THE SCREEN
38
3
CHAPTER
Selecting options in a pick list
A range of options is often presented in a
type of menu called a pick list, which can
be identified by a downward-pointing
arrow. Pick lists are different from the
application menus previously described.
The application menus give you access to
additional features, and pick lists let you
select the contents for a particular field.
You can select items from a pick list with
the 5-way or the stylus.
5-way: Use the 5-way to highlight the
pick list, and then press Center to
display the items in the list.
Press Up and Down to highlight
the item you want.
Press Center to select the
highlighted item.
To exit the pick list without making a
selection, press Left or Right .
Stylus: Use your stylus to tap the pick list.
Tap the item you want from the list.
To exit the pick list without making a
selection, tap outside the list.
TIP
Most menu items have menu shortcuts
listed in the menu. To use a menu shortcut,
press Menu plus the shortcut letter. You don’t
have to see the menu item to use the menu
shortcut.
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
USING THE KEYBOARD 39
3
CHAPTER
Using the keyboard
Menu
Backspace
Return
Alt
Space
Option
Shift/Find
Backlight
TIP
When using the keyboard, most people
find it easiest to hold the Centro with two
hands and use the tips of both thumbs to
press the keys.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
The Centro includes a
keyboard backlight that turns on and off when
the screen turns on and off. The backlight also
dims when an active call lasts longer than a
specified period of time. See Optimizing
power settings to adjust the automatic
shut-off and dimming intervals.
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
USING THE KEYBOARD
40
3
CHAPTER
Entering lowercase and uppercase letters
To enter lowercase letters, press the
desired keys.
To enter an uppercase letter, press
Shift/Find and then press a letter
key. You don’t need to press and hold
Shift/Find while entering a letter.
When Shift is active, an up arrow
appears in the lower-right corner of the
screen.
To turn Caps Lock on, press Shift/
Find twice. To turn it off, press
Shift/Find once. When Caps Lock
is on, an underlined up arrow
appears in the lower-right corner of the
screen.
Entering numbers, punctuation, and
symbols
Numbers, punctuation, and symbols
appear above the letters on the keys.
To enter these characters, do one of
the following:
Press Option , and then press the
key with the desired character shown
above the letter. You don’t need to press
and hold Option while pressing the
second key. When Option is active, the
symbol appears in the lower-right
corner of the screen.
To turn Option Lock on, press
Option twice. To turn it off, press
Option once. When Option Lock is
on, the symbol appears in the
lower-right corner of the screen.
Letter
Symbol
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
USING THE KEYBOARD 41
3
CHAPTER
Entering other symbols and accented
characters
Symbols and accented characters that do
not appear on the keyboard are available
when you use the Alt key.
1Enter the character that corresponds to
the symbol or accented character you
want. See the table on the next page.
2Press Alt .
3Press Up , Down , Right , or Left
to highlight the desired character.
4Press Center to insert the
character.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Some application views, such
as the Dial Pad tab in the Phone application or
the Calculator, automatically default to Option
Lock. In this case, you do not need to press
Option to enter numbers.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Alternate characters are
grouped by their similarity to the base key. For
example, the alternate characters available
from the E key are é, è, ë, and ê.
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
USING THE KEYBOARD
42
3
CHAPTER
0
Symbols and accented characters
Enter… Then press
Alt to
select…
Enter… Then press
Alt to
select…
Enter… Then press
Alt to
select…
a á à ä â ã å æ n ñ u ú ù ü û
AÁ À Ä Â Ã Å Æ NÑ UÚ Ù Ü Û
b or B ß o ó ò ö ô œ õ x or X x ¤
cç ¢ © OÓ Ò Ö Ô Œ Õ y ý ÿ
C Ç ¢ © p or P Y Ý Ÿ
eé è ë ê r or R ® ! ¡
E É È Ë Ê s ß š ? ¿
ií ì ï î Sß Š ::-) :-( ;-)
I Í Ì Ï Î t or T $ £ ¥ ¢
l or L £
Press Alt by itself, after a space or at the beginning or end of a line, to select these
characters:
; _ • \ % = ° ÷ £ ¥ ¢ [ ] { } < > « » © ® ™ ~ ^ ø |
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
OPENING APPLICATIONS 43
3
CHAPTER
Opening applications
When you open an application using a
quick button or Applications View, you
automatically close the app you were
previously using.
Using the quick buttons
The front of the Centro has three quick
buttons—Phone, Calendar, and
Messaging—that open applications. The
fourth button opens Applications View (see
Using Applications View).
TIP
You can customize the quick buttons
yourself; see Reassigning buttons for details.
Phone
Calendar
Applications
Messaging
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
OPENING APPLICATIONS
44
3
CHAPTER
Each quick button opens two applications:
To turn on your Centro and open a
buttons primary application, simply
press the button.
After you turn on your Centro, open a
buttons secondary application by
pressing Option and then pressing
the quick button.
Using Applications View
You can access all available applications
through Applications View.
1Press Applications .
2Press Center on the 5-way to turn off
Keyguard (see Locking your keyboard
(Keyguard) for more info).
3Use the 5-way to highlight the
application you want to use.
4Press Center to open the selected
application.
Button Primary app
Phone
Calendar
Messaging
Buttons Secondary app
+ Web
+ Memos
+ Messaging
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Pressing Option + Menu dims
your Centro screen.
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
OPENING APPLICATIONS 45
3
CHAPTER
In Applications View, you can also do the
following:
Press Applications repeatedly to
cycle through various categories of
applications. See Applications settings
for more info on categories.
Enter the first few letters of the
application’s name to highlight it. For
example, if you press P, it highlights
Phone; if you then press R, it highlights
Prefs. If you pause and then press R, it
highlights the first application that starts
with R.
TIP
You can press and hold Applications from
any screen on your Centro to select from a list
of your most recently used applications.
MOVING AROUND ON YOUR PALM®CENTRO SMARTPHONE
OPENING APPLICATIONS
46
3
CHAPTER
47
CHAPTER
4
Your phone
The Phone application is your home base for making and receiving calls
and for storing info about the people you need to stay in touch with.
You can effectively manage multiple calls, such as swapping between
calls, sending text messages to ignored calls, and creating conference
calls with up to five callers. Your Palm
®
Centro
smartphone helps you
perform all these tasks with ease.
You can do more than manage your phone calls in the phone
application. You can send text messages, open applications, go to your
favorite web pages, see your upcoming appointments, and even find
out how many unread email messages you have.
Benefits
Stay in touch—you choose how
Save time with shortcuts to your
favorite info
Have fun: add wallpaper and
ringtones
Make or receive calls without
taking your hands off the steering
wheel
In this chapter
Turning your Centro™ smartphone on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Making calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Receiving calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Using voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
What can I do when I’m on a call?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
How many minutes have I used?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Entering names and phone numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Defining favorite buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Using a hands-free device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Customizing phone settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
What are all those icons?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
YOUR PHONE
TURNING YOUR CENTRO™ SMARTPHONE ON AND OFF 49
4
CHAPTER
Turning your
Centro™ smartphone
on and off
NOTE We use the term phone to describe
the feature of your Centro that lets you
connect to the network to make and
receive calls and transmit data.
The phone and the screen of your Centro
can be turned on and off separately. You
can wake up the screen to use just the
organizer and media applications of your
Centro (such as Contacts, Calendar, Pocket
Tunes, and Pictures & Videos) without
turning on the phone. Also, when the
screen is turned off, the phone can be on
and ready for you to receive and make
calls.
Waking up the screen and turning it off
Wake up the screen and leave the phone
turned off when you want to use only the
organizer features of your Centro—for
example, when you’re on a plane and want
to look at your calendar.
1Press and release Power/End to
wake up the screen.
2Press Center to turn off Keyguard.
For more info about turning Keyguard on
and off, see Locking your keyboard
(Keyguard).
3Press and release Power/End to turn
off the screen and lock the keyboard.
TIP
You can also press any of the quick buttons
or the Applications button to wake up your
Centro screen.
TIP
You can set how long the screen stays on.
Press Applications, select Preferences,
select Power, and then adjust the Auto-off
after setting.
Center
Power/End
YOUR PHONE
TURNING YOUR CENTRO™ SMARTPHONE ON AND OFF
50
4
CHAPTER
Turning your phone on and off
When your phone is on, it is connected to
the network (provided you are in a
coverage area) so that you can make and
receive phone calls and use wireless
services, such as email, messaging, and
the web browser. During initial setup, your
phone is automatically turned on, so you
can use wireless services right away.
If you turn off your phone, you can still use
the organizer features such as Calendar
and Contacts, as well as the media
features such as Pocket Tunes and Pictures
& Videos. You might hear this referred to as
flight mode because you must turn your
phone off when you’re on a plane.
1Wake up the screen.
2Press and hold Power/End to turn on
your phone.
You know your phone is on and that
you’re inside a coverage area when you
go to the Main tab of the Phone
application and you see the Signal
Strength icon at the top of the
screen.
3Press and hold Power/End again to
turn off your phone.
You know your phone is off when you
go to the Main tab of the Phone
application and you see Phone Off at
the top of the screen.
Opening the Phone application
Press Phone to display the Main tab
in the Phone application.
TIP
If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On,
you hear a series of tones when you turn your
phone on and off (see Silencing sounds).
TIP
If you’re outside a coverage area, No
Service appears in the upper-left corner and
the indicator light flashes red.
YOUR PHONE
MAKING CALLS 51
4
CHAPTER
Making calls
There are several ways to make a call. Try
them all to find out which way you like
best.
Dialing using the onscreen Dial Pad
1Press Phone .
2Select the Dial Pad tab.
3Enter the phone number by tapping the
onscreen Dial Pad with the stylus.
4Press Send to make the call.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can choose which tab
appears when you press the Phone button.
See Customizing the Main tab in the Phone
application for details. If you change the
default tab, you need to modify the steps in
this chapter accordingly.
Dial Pad
Favorites Main Contacts
Call Log
Status
icons
TIP
Press Backspace to delete numbers
you’ve entered. To cancel the call altogether,
press Phone to return to the Main tab in the
Phone application.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can paste numbers
directly into the Dial Pad. Copy a number from
another application, press Phone, and select
the Dial Pad tab. Open the Edit menu and
select Paste. Press Send to dial the number.
YOUR PHONE
MAKING CALLS
52
4
CHAPTER
Dialing using the keyboard
1Press Phone .
2Press the numbered keys to enter the
phone number. (You don’t need to press
Option.)
3Press Send to make the call.
Dialing by contact name
You need to have names and numbers in
your contact list before you can make a call
by contact name or phone number. You can
add contacts directly into your Centro (see
Adding a contact), but the fastest way to
enter lots of contacts is to enter them in
your desktop software and then
synchronize to transfer them to your
Centro (see Synchronizing information—
the basics). You can also import contacts
from your SIM card (see tips on Viewing
your SIM Phonebook).
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Using the keyboard, start entering one
of the following for the contact you
want to call:
First name (JOH for John)
Last name (SMI for Smith)
First initial and last name (JSM for
John Smith)
First few letters of first and last name
(SM AN for Smilla Anderson)
For example, entering SM would display
Smilla Anderson, John Smith, and
Sally Martin. Entering JSM finds only
John Smith.
TIP
After you enter a phone number, you can
also press Center on the 5-way to select
whether to make a phone call or send a text
message to that number.
YOUR PHONE
MAKING CALLS 53
4
CHAPTER
4Highlight the number you want to dial.
5Press Send to make the call.
Voice dialing
You can use the Voice Dialing application to
call people in your Contacts list by saying
their name or number. If the person you are
calling has more than one phone number,
you can specify which number to call.
1Press Applications .
2Select Voice Dial .
A voice prompts you to “say a
command.
3Do one of the following:
To call a person in your contact list by
saying their name: For example, say,
“Call John Doe.” If a contact has
multiple numbers, you can specify
which number to call. For example, say,
“Call John Doe Home.
To call a number by saying the
individual digits: For example, say,
“Call 408-555-1234.
TIP
To restart your search, press Backspace to
delete letters or numbers you’ve entered. Or
press Phone to return to the Main tab in the
Phone application.
TIP
To see more info for a contact, highlight
the name and press Center on the 5-way to
view the address, company, and other details.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you want to be able to dial a
call from the Main tab in the Phone application
by entering a name or a number, you can
change a setting to do that (see Customizing
phone settings).
Text appears
here as you
enter it
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can press the button on
your Bluetooth headset to voice-dial calls
through your headset.
YOUR PHONE
MAKING CALLS
54
4
CHAPTER
Dialing with a speed-dial favorite button
Your Centro comes with a few predefined
speed-dial favorite buttons, but you can
also create your own favorites. See
Creating a speed-dial favorite button.
1Press Phone .
2Select the Favorites tab.
3Use the 5-way to highlight the
speed-dial favorite you want.
Look for the icon to distinguish a
speed-dial favorite from other types of
favorites.
4Press Send or Center to make
the call.
Dialing from a web page or message
Your Centro recognizes most phone
numbers that appear on web pages or in
text, email, or multimedia messages.
1Select the phone number on the web
page or in the message.
TIP
To view more favorite buttons, repeatedly
press Down on the 5-way.
TIP
You can see all the contact numbers for
the selected person or business. Highlight a
speed-dial favorite button and press Space
on the keyboard to see alternate phone
numbers if the speed-dial favorite was created
from a contact.
YOUR PHONE
MAKING CALLS 55
4
CHAPTER
2Press Center to open the Dial
Number dialog box.
3Select Dial to make the call.
Redialing a recently called number
To dial the last number: Select the
Main tab, and then press and hold
Send to dial the last number you called.
To select from your most recently dialed
numbers: Select the Main tab, press
Send to open the Redial list, highlight
the number you want to call, and then
press Send again to make the call.
To select from your call history list:
Select the Call Log tab, highlight the
number you want to call, and then press
Send to dial the number.
TIP
If you can’t use the 5-way or stylus to
highlight and dial a phone number on a web
page or in a message, it means that your
Centro doesn’t recognize the number as a
phone number. You can still use the menus to
copy and paste the number into the Dial Pad.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can send a text message
from Contacts or your Call Log by highlighting
a number, pressing Center on the 5-way, and
then selecting Message.
YOUR PHONE
RECEIVING CALLS
56
4
CHAPTER
Receiving calls
To receive calls, your phone must be on.
This is different from having only the
screen turned on (see Turning your phone
on and off). When your phone is off, your
calls go to voicemail.
To answer a call, do one of the following:
Press Send .
Select Answer.
Press the headset button (if the
headset is attached).
NOTE Pressing Phone silences the
ringer, but it does not answer the call.
To ignore a call, do one of the following:
Send the call to voicemail: Press Power/
End or select Ignore.
Send the caller a text message: Select
Ignore with Text. This option sends the
call to voicemail and opens a text message
addressed to the caller.
NOTE Sending text messages to land-line
phones may not be supported.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you are playing music on
your Centro and a call arrives, the music
pauses automatically and resumes when you
hang up or ignore the call.
TIP
See a photo of the person calling you!
Learn how to assign a caller ID photo in
Assigning a caller ID photo.
TIP
The headset button may work differently
on headsets other than the one provided with
your Centro.
YOUR PHONE
USING VOICEMAIL 57
4
CHAPTER
To silence the phone while it is ringing, do
one of the following:
Press any key on your Centro except
Send, Power/End, or the 5-way.
Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off
. This immediately silences all
system sounds, including the ringer.
Using voicemail
Your wireless service includes voicemail.
Keep in mind that airtime and other
charges may apply when you use voicemail
from your phone.
Setting up voicemail
1Press Phone .
2Press and hold 1 to dial your network
operator’s automated voicemail system.
3Follow the voice prompts to set up your
voicemail.
Voicemail notification
When you have a new voicemail message,
you are notified with an Alert dialog box.
To dismiss the Alert dialog box, select
OK.
To play the message, select Listen.
When you have messages that you have
not listened to, a Voicemail icon also
appears in the title bar of the Phone
application. You can also select this icon to
listen to your voicemail.
Listening to voicemail messages
1Press Phone .
2Press and hold 1 to dial the voicemail
system.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
When you silence the ringer
while it is ringing, you can either answer the
call or let it ring through to voicemail.
TIP
To permanently dismiss the reminder, tap
the blinking bell icon that appears in the
upper-left corner of the screen. This opens the
Alert dialog box and lets you dismiss the alert.
See Viewing and using the alerts.
TIP
You can also select the Voicemail favorite
button to dial the voicemail system.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL?
58
4
CHAPTER
3Enter your voicemail password using
the keyboard.
NOTE If you defined Extra Digits for the
Voicemail favorite button (see Editing a
favorite button for details), you can select
this button to enter your password.
What can I do when
I’m on a call?
When you make or receive a call, Active
Call View appears.
Use the 5-way or the stylus to select
the onscreen buttons. Here’s what the
buttons do:
0
TIP
You don’t need to press Option to enter
numbers, *, or # during a call.
Caller’s name
and number
Call duration
Call status
Button label
TIP
If the screen dims during a call, press any
key except Send or Power/End to restore the
screen brightness.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can set how long the
screen stays at full brightness during phone
calls. See Optimizing power settings for
details.
Turns on the speakerphone, which
means that you and everybody
around you can hear the call. (The
caller can hear you as well.) The
advantage is that you can check
your calendar, look up contact info,
take notes, and use other features
during a call. This button is not
available when you use a headset.
Turns off the speakerphone when it
is on.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL? 59
4
CHAPTER
Replaces the Speakerphone button
when you use a Bluetooth®
hands-free device. Select this
button to stop using the hands-free
device and switch to holding your
Centro to your ear.
Puts a call on hold, and the call
status changes to On Hold. To take
the call off hold, select this button
again.
Lets you make another call while
the first call is on hold; see Making
a second call for details. For info on
handling a second incoming call,
see Receiving a second call (call
waiting).
Opens the Dial Pad so you can use
it to dial additional numbers, such
as an extension or a response to a
voice prompt.
Dials any extra digits (such as a
password or an extension) that you
assigned to a speed-dial favorite
button. See Defining favorite
buttons for information on defining
extra digits. This button disappears
after you select it to dial the
numbers.
Mutes the microphone so that you
and the noise around you can’t be
heard on the other end. The call
status changes to Muted. When
you want to speak, be sure to
select the Mute button again.
TIP
Do you accidentally press onscreen
buttons when you’re on a call? You can disable
the screens touch-sensitive feature during
phone calls; see Locking your screen.
Remember: To manage an active call when
the touchscreen is disabled, use the hardware
buttons on your Centro.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL?
60
4
CHAPTER
Ending a call
Do one of the following:
Press Power/End .
Press the button on the headset (if the
headset is attached).
Switching applications during a call
You can use your organizer apps and other
applications while you’re talking on the
phone; so go ahead and check your
calendar, or go to Memos and enter the
driving directions your caller is giving you.
You can even send text messages while
you’re on a call.
NOTE What you can’t do, however, is
make a data connection while on a call.
This means that you can’t browse the web
or send or receive email or multimedia
messages.
1(Optional) If you want to continue
talking while viewing another
application, select Speakerphone or
connect a headset (see Using a
hands-free device).
2Press Applications .
3Select the icon for the application you
want to open.
4When you’re ready to leave the app,
open another app or press Phone
to return to Active Call View.
Saving phone numbers
When you hang up a call with a number
that is not in your Contacts list, you are
prompted to add the number to your
Contacts list.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can press Phone to toggle
between Active Call View and the Main tab in
the Phone app, so you can access other tabs,
such as Contacts and Favorites, during a call.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL? 61
4
CHAPTER
To create a new contact entry for this
number, select Create a New Contact,
and enter the contact’s info.
To add this number to an existing
contact entry, select Add to a Contact.
To decline adding this number, select
Cancel.
To disable the Add New Number
prompt, check the Don’t ask me this
again box, and then select Cancel.
If you don’t add a number right away, follow
these steps to add it later.
1Press Phone .
2Select the Call Log tab.
3Highlight the number you want to save.
4Press Menu .
5Select Add Contact.
6Select New to create a new contact, or
select Add to add this number to an
existing contact.
7Enter the information for the entry, and
then select Done.
Making a second call
You can make a second call while your first
call is still active. You can then switch
between two independent conversations,
or you can join several calls in a
conference. See Making a conference call.
1Dial the first number and wait until the
person answers.
2Put the first call on hold by pressing
Send or selecting Hold .
3Select Add Call .
4Dial the second number.
NOTE To dial the second number, you can
use any of the methods described in
Making calls.
5When the Dial another call prompt
appears, select Ye s .
6Select Swap to switch between
the two calls.
TIP
You can turn the Add New Number prompt
on and off. In Contacts, open the Options
menu, and select Preferences. To turn this
option on, check the Ask to add unknown
phone numbers after calls box. To turn this
option off, uncheck this box.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL?
62
4
CHAPTER
7To end the active call, press Power/End
.
Receiving a second call (call waiting)
When you are on a call, you can receive a
second call and have separate
conversations with each caller. When the
second call comes in, you hear a call
waiting tone and the Call Waiting dialog
box appears. You can do any of the
following to handle the second call:
To place the current call on hold and
answer the new call, press Send or
select Answer.
To send the new call to voicemail, select
Ignore.
To send the new call to voicemail and
send the caller a text message, select
Ignore with Text.
NOTE Sending text messages to land-line
phones may not be supported.
To hang up the current call and answer
the new call, press Power/End and
then press Send .
To switch between the original call and
the second call you answered, select
Swap or press Send .
Making a conference call
You can join a total of five other calls in a
conference call, provided that your network
and service plan include 6-way
conferencing. Please contact your network
operator for more information.Additional
charges may apply and minutes in your
mobile account may be deducted for each
call included in the conference call.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
When you hang up one call,
you can continue your conversation with the
remaining call.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL? 63
4
CHAPTER
1While the first call is active, make a
second call.
2Select Conference . This joins you
and the two calls in a conference call.
3To add more calls to the conference,
select Hold , dial another number,
and then select Conference to add
the new call.
4To end all the calls at once, make sure
the conference is the active call, and
then press Power/End .
Forwarding all calls
You can forward all your calls to another
telephone number. You can also selectively
forward certain calls (see Forwarding calls
under certain conditions). Please check
with your network operator about
availability and pricing of forwarded calls,
as additional charges may apply.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Call
Preferences.
TIP
If you want to hold a separate, “sidebar”
conversation with one of the people on a
conference call, you can extract that call from
the conference. Select Extract Call (the
onscreen button on the far right), and when
the list of callers appears, select the call you
want to extract. The conference call remains
on hold while you speak privately on the
extracted call.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT CAN I DO WHEN I’M ON A CALL?
64
4
CHAPTER
4Select the Forward all calls pick list.
If the forwarding number appears in
the pick list, select the number.
If the forwarding number does not
appear in the pick list, select Edit
Numbers, and then select New.
Enter a forwarding number, including
the area code and country code if
they are different from your mobile
phone number. Select OK.
5Select the number you just entered,
select OK, and then select OK again.
Forwarding calls under certain conditions
You can forward calls to another number
when the line is busy, a call is unanswered,
your Centro is off, or you are outside a
coverage area.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Call
Preferences.
4Select the Forward all calls pick list and
select Off.
5Select any of the following pick lists:
When busy: Forwards calls if the phone
is busy.
Not answered: Forwards calls if you do
not answer.
TIP
After you set the number you want to
forward all your calls to, the call forwarding
icon appears in the title bar (see What are all
those icons?). We also recommend that you
call your Centro to confirm that your call
forwarding settings work properly.
TIP
To turn off forwarding for all calls, select
Off from the Forward all calls pick list.
YOUR PHONE
HOW MANY MINUTES HAVE I USED? 65
4
CHAPTER
Off/No service: Forwards calls when
your Centro is not connected to a
mobile network.
6If the forwarding number appears in the
pick list, select the number. If the
forwarding number does not appear in
the pick list, select Edit Numbers and
then select New. Enter a forwarding
number, and select OK. Select the
number you just entered.
7Select OK, and then select OK again.
How many minutes
have I used?
1Press Phone .
2Select the Call Log tab.
3Press Menu .
4Select To t a l s from the Record menu.
5(Optional) To reset the counters to zero,
select Reset Counters.
6Select Done.
Entering names and
phone numbers
Contacts is the application in which you
enter information about the people you
want to stay in contact with. You can get to
this info from the Phone application, to dial
phone numbers and create favorites, and
from the Messaging and email
applications, to send messages. When you
YOUR PHONE
ENTERING NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS
66
4
CHAPTER
create a contact, you can also assign a
photo and ringtone ID to that contact, so
you know when they call you.
Adding a contact
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Press Menu .
4Select New Contact from the Record
menu.
5Use the 5-way to move between
fields as you enter info.
6Do any of the following:
Add a caller ID photo: Select the
Picture box. (See Assigning a caller ID
photo for more info.)
Add a caller ID ringtone: Select the
Ringtone pick list. (See Assigning a
caller ID ringtone for more info.)
Insert a pause when dialing a
number: Enter a comma ( , ) between
digits in a phone number to insert a
one-second pause. To add a two-second
pause, enter a p.
Display a number pad that waits for
you to enter a number: Enter a w
between digits in a phone number,
where you want the prompt to appear.
When the number is dialed, the Extra
Digits button appears in the active call
screen. When you select this button,
the digits following the w are
automatically dialed.
For example, you can use this option if
you want a number pad to automatically
appear so that you can enter your
voicemail password.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you add a symbol at the
beginning of a contact’s last name, such as
#Smith, the contact appears at the top of your
contact list.
YOUR PHONE
ENTERING NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS 67
4
CHAPTER
Place the entry in a category or mark
it private: Select Details. (See Working
with private entries for more info.)
Add a note to an entry: Select Note
.
Display additional fields for this
contact: Select Plus .
7After you enter all the information,
select Done.
Viewing or changing contact information
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Begin entering one of the following for
the contact you want to view or edit:
First name (JOH for John)
Last name (SMI for Smith)
First initial and last name (JSM for
John Smith)
4Select the name of the entry you want
to open.
5Select Edit, make changes to the entry
as necessary, and then select Done.
Getting directions to a contact’s address
If you have a data plan, you can get
directions to a contact’s address from
Google Maps.
NOTE Google Maps may not yet be
supported in all countries, but check
frequently—new countries are added all
the time.
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Begin entering one of the following for
the contact you want to view or edit:
First name (JOH for John)
Last name (SMI for Smith)
First initial and last name (JSM for
John Smith)
TIP
Import contacts from your SIM card
quickly and easily. In the Contacts list, press
Menu and then select Import from SIM from
the Record menu.
TIP
To edit the entries on your SIM card, you
must either import them into Contacts or
press Applications, select SIM Book, and
edit them in the phone book on your SIM card.
YOUR PHONE
ENTERING NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS
68
4
CHAPTER
First few letters of first and last name
(SM AN for Smilla Anderson)
4Select the name of the entry you want
to open.
5Select Map, and wait for Google Maps
to locate matching items.
Select an item, and select To to
request directions to this location.
In the From location field, enter or
select your starting location, and then
select OK. When the route summary
appears, select OK to view the first
step in the directions.
Tap the forward and back
buttons at the bottom of the screen to
view the next or previous step in the
directions.
6Select Map, and wait for Google Maps
to locate matching items.
Select an item, and select From to
request directions from this location.
In the To location field, enter or select
your destination, and then select OK.
When the route summary appears,
select OK to view the first step in the
directions.
Tap the forward and back
buttons at the bottom of the screen to
view the next and previous steps in
the directions.
Assigning a caller ID photo
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Open the contact you want to add the
photo to (see Viewing or changing
contact information).
4Select Edit.
5Select the Picture box and do one of
the following:
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If no address has been
entered for the contact, the Map button does
not appear.
YOUR PHONE
ENTERING NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS 69
4
CHAPTER
Select Camera, take a photo, and
then press Center to add the
photo to this contact.
Select Photos and select an existing
photo that you want to assign to this
contact.
6Select Done.
Assigning a caller ID ringtone
Caller ID ringtones can let you know who is
calling before you even look at your Centro.
This is a great way to identify calls from
important people in your life and to screen
calls that you’d prefer not to answer.
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3To open the contact entry for editing,
select the name of the contact to whom
you want to give a caller ID ringtone
(see Viewing or changing contact
information).
4Select Edit.
5Select the Ringtone pick list and select
a tone for this contact entry.
6Select Done.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you assign pictures to your
contacts in Microsoft Outlook or
Palm®Desktop software and you install the
desktop software from the Palm Software
Installation CD, the pictures are automatically
added to your contact entries on your Centro
when you sync. If you use third-party
synchronization software, picture sync may
not be supported. Check with the software
developer for information.
YOUR PHONE
ENTERING NAMES AND PHONE NUMBERS
70
4
CHAPTER
Customizing Contacts
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Press Menu .
4Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
5Set any of the following options:
Remember Last Category: Sets
whether Contacts opens to the last
category you selected.
Show SIM Phonebook: Sets whether
SIM Phonebook appears as an option in
the category pick list. When you check
this box, you can view entries in the
phone book on your SIM card.
Ask to add unknown phone numbers
after calls: Sets whether you are
prompted to add phone numbers that
are not in your Contacts list after a call.
You can add unknown numbers to an
existing contact or create a new contact
entry.
List By: Sets whether the Contacts list
is sorted by last name or company
name.
Deleting a contact
1Select the Contacts tab.
2Highlight the contact you want to
delete.
3Press Menu .
4Select Delete Contact from the Record
menu, and then select OK.
Creating a business card for beaming
1Create a new contact and enter your
own business card info.
2Open the contact entry containing your
business card info.
3Press Menu .
4Select Business Card on the Record
menu.
TIP
You can assign a ringtone to an entire
category of contacts. For example, use a
special ringtone for categories such as Family,
Work, or Golf Buddies. In the Contacts list,
select the category pick list in the upper-left
corner and select Edit Categories. Select the
category, and then select Edit. Select the
ringtone on the Edit Category screen.
YOUR PHONE
DEFINING FAVORITE BUTTONS 71
4
CHAPTER
Viewing your SIM Phonebook
1Press Phone .
2Select the Contacts tab.
3Press Menu .
4Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
5Make sure the Show SIM Phonebook
box is checked.
6Select OK.
7In the Contacts list, select the category
pick list at the top of the screen and
select SIM Phonebook.
Defining favorite
buttons
You can set an unlimited number of favorite
buttons for quick access to the following
common tasks:
Dialing a phone number (speed-dial)
Opening an application
Accessing a web page
Addressing a message (text, MMS, or
email)
Accessing voicemail (preset on your
Centro)
TIP
After you create your business card, you
can beam it to another device with an IR
port—provided the device supports beaming
with Palm OS® devices. Go to Contacts or to
the Main tab in the Phone application, open
the Record menu, and then select Beam
Business Card.
TIP
If you imported contacts from your SIM
card to Contacts, you may want to uncheck
the Show SIM Phonebook box to avoid
seeing duplicate entries.
TIP
Need to copy a contact to your phone
book on your SIM card? In Contacts, select
the contact you want to copy, open the
Record menu, and then select Export to
SIM.
YOUR PHONE
DEFINING FAVORITE BUTTONS
72
4
CHAPTER
Creating a speed-dial favorite button
1Press Phone .
2Select the Favorites tab.
3Press Menu .
4Select New Favorite on the Record
menu.
5Enter a label for the favorite:
If the entry is for an existing contact,
select Lookup. Enter the last name of
the contact. When the name appears,
select the phone number you want.
Select Add.
If the entry is for a new contact, enter
the label, press Down , and enter
the number.
You can define additional digits to dial,
such as a password or extension.
Insert a pause when dialing a number:
Enter a comma ( , ) between digits in
a phone number to insert a
one-second pause.
To add a two-second pause, enter a p.
To enter a pause for user input, enter
a w followed by the extra digits you
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you’re upgrading from a
Centro 600/650/680/700p/755p, most of your
favorites should transfer from your old Centro
along with your other info. However, you may
need to rearrange the order in which your
favorites appear by opening the Record menu
and then selecting Organize Favorites. For
more info about upgrading, see Upgrading
from another PalmOS® by ACCESS device.
YOUR PHONE
DEFINING FAVORITE BUTTONS 73
4
CHAPTER
want to dial. To dial these numbers,
select the Extra Digits button that
appears in Active Call View (see What
can I do when I’m on a call?).
6(Optional) Enter a Quick Key.
7Select OK.
Creating other types of favorite buttons
1Press Phone .
2Select the Favorites tab.
3Press Menu .
4Select New Favorite on the Record
menu.
5Select the Ty p e pick list and select
Application, Message, Email, or Web
Link.
6Enter a label for the favorite and enter
any other necessary information on
the screen.
7(Optional) Enter a Quick Key.
8Select OK.
Editing a favorite button
1Press Phone .
2Select the Favorites tab.
3Highlight the favorite button you want to
edit.
4Press Menu .
5Select Edit Favorite on the Record
menu.
6After you make your changes, select
OK.
KEY
TERM
Quick Key A letter that you can
press and hold to activate a favorite from any
tab in the Phone app. For example, create a
speed-dial button for your mother’s number
and enter the letter M for “Mom” as the
Quick Key. Then when you want to call her, go
to the Phone app and press and hold M. Your
Centro dials the number.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can assign a special
ringtone for a contact. See Assigning a caller
ID ringtone for details.
TIP
When creating a Message or Email
favorite, you can enter multiple addresses;
simply separate each address with a comma.
This is an easy way to send messages to a
group of people.
YOUR PHONE
USING A HANDS-FREE DEVICE
74
4
CHAPTER
Deleting a favorite button
1Press Phone .
2Select the Favorites tab.
3Highlight the favorite button you want to
delete.
4Press Menu .
5Select Edit Favorite on the Record
menu.
6Select Delete.
7Select OK.
Using a hands-free
device
If you need to use your phone while driving
and this is safe and permitted in your area,
use a phone headset (a wired headset is
included with your Centro) or car kit (sold
separately) for hands-free operation. Using
a hands-free device also makes it easy to
check your calendar, look up contact info,
take notes, and use other features during a
call. You can also listen to stereo music or
audio on your stereo headset or car
speakers.
In addition to the headset included with
your Centro, your Centro is compatible
with the following types of hands-free
devices that are sold separately:
Most wired headsets and car kits with a
2.5mm connector (3-pin or 4-pin)
Wireless headsets and car kits enabled
with Bluetooth® 1.1 or 1.2 wireless
technology
TIP
To arrange your favorites, open the Record
menu and select Organize Favorites.
Highlight the favorite you want to move, and
then press and hold Option + Up or Down to
move the button to another position. Select
Done.
TIP
Some favorites, such as voicemail, cannot
be deleted. If a favorite can’t be deleted, the
Delete button does not appear on the screen.
TIP
The headset designed for Centro 180/270/
300 is not compatible with your Centro.
YOUR PHONE
USING A HANDS-FREE DEVICE 75
4
CHAPTER
Check the specifications for your
hands-free device to confirm compatibility.
When in doubt, ask the manufacturer if the
product is compatible with your Centro. To
view a list of compatible Bluetooth
hands-free devices, go to go.palm.com/
centro-gsm/.
Connecting to a Bluetooth® hands-free
device
Once you set up a partnership with a
Bluetooth hands-free device, you can
communicate with that device whenever it
is turned on and within range. Bluetooth
range is up to 9.144 meters in optimum
environmental conditions. Performance
and range may be reduced by physical
obstacles, radio interference from nearby
electronic equipment, and other factors.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN Prepare your
hands-free device to accept a Bluetooth
connection. See the documentation that
came with your hands-free device for
instructions.
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth or tap the Bluetooth
icon in the title bar.
2Select Bluetooth On.
NOTE The Bluetooth icon changes from
gray to blue to let you know that Bluetooth
technology is turned on.
TIP
To listen to music in stereo, you can
purchase the Palm 2-in-1 Stereo Headset. If
you want to use a stereo headset with a
3.5mm connector, you need to purchase a
stereo adapter. Visit go.palm.com/centro-gsm/
for more info on audio accessories.
KEY
TERM
Partnership Two devices—for
example, your Centro and a hands-free
device—that can connect because each
device finds the same passkey on the other
device. Once you form a partnership with a
device, you don’t need to enter a passkey to
connect with that device again. Partnership is
also known as paired relationship, pairing,
trusted device, and trusted pair.
TIP
If you hear a headset buzz or experience
poor microphone performance, your headset
may be incompatible with your Centro.
YOUR PHONE
USING A HANDS-FREE DEVICE
76
4
CHAPTER
3(Optional) Enter a device name that
identifies your Centro when it is
discovered by other Bluetooth devices.
NOTE Use the same device name for all
your Bluetooth connections. If you change
the device name, you need to recreate any
partnerships you have already created.
4Select Setup Devices.
5Select Hands-free Setup.
6Follow the onscreen instructions to
create a partnership with the specific
hands-free device. When prompted,
enter a passkey.
IMPORTANT Some hands-free devices
have a predefined passkey. If your device
has a predefined passkey, you can find it in
the documentation for that device. Other
devices provide a screen where you enter
a passkey that you make up. In either case,
you must use the same passkey on both
your Centro and your hands-free device.
We recommend that, where possible, you
make up a passkey of 16 alphanumeric
characters (letters and numerals only) to
improve the security of your Centro. The
longer the passkey, the more difficult it is
for the passkey to be deciphered.
7After you finish setting up the device,
select Done to return to Trusted
Devices View.
NOTE For some car kits, you need to
initiate a Bluetooth connection from your
Centro to complete the partnership
process. To do this, highlight the car kit in
Trusted Devices View, press Menu ,
and then select Connect.
YOUR PHONE
USING A HANDS-FREE DEVICE 77
4
CHAPTER
8(Optional) Enable advanced hands-free
features by pressing the multifunction
button (MFB) on the hands-free device.
You can tell that the connection is
successful when you see a light-blue
headset icon in the title bar of the Phone
application. You can now use your Centro
with the Bluetooth hands-free device.
Using a Bluetooth hands-free device
After you create a partnership with your
Bluetooth hands-free device and you turn it
on within range (up to 9.144 meters), the
Centro automatically routes all calls to the
hands-free device instead of to the
earpiece on your Centro. When a call
comes in, your Centro rings and the
hands-free device beeps. Even if you
answer the call on your Centro, the call
goes to the hands-free device. If you prefer
to route calls to the earpiece on your
Centro, you can change the settings on
your Centro to do this; see Customizing
advanced settings for your hands-free
device for details.
The features of your hands-free device vary
by model. Check the documentation for
your hands-free device for details about
these features. Your Centro can support
the following actions, provided that your
hands-free device also supports them:
Dial a call
Answer an incoming call
Hang up a call and answer a call-waiting
call
Place a call on hold and answer a
call-waiting call
Hang up a single call
Transfer an outgoing call from the
earpiece on your Centro to the
hands-free device
Ignore an incoming call
TIP
If you’re using a Bluetooth hands-free
device and you want to return to the earpiece
or a wired headset during a call, select Cancel
Bluetooth in Active Call View. To return the
call to the hands-free device, open the
Options menu and select Connect
Bluetooth.
YOUR PHONE
CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS
78
4
CHAPTER
Redial the last number you called from
the hands-free device
Customizing advanced settings for your
hands-free device
You can set whether your hands-free
device automatically answers calls,
provided the device supports this feature.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Hands-free.
3Do one of the following:
To send all calls to your hands-free
device: Check the Always route calls
to handsfree box. Select the Auto
answer pick list and select whether you
want your hands-free device to
automatically answer incoming calls and
how quickly it answers.
To choose between the earpiece on
your Centro and your hands-free
device on a call-by-call basis: Uncheck
the Always route calls to handsfree
box. When the phone rings, you can
answer the call with your hands-free
device by pressing the multifunction
button on your hands-free device, or you
can answer the call with the earpiece on
your Centro by using the controls on
your Centro (see Receiving calls).
4Select Done.
Customizing phone
settings
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you have more than one
Bluetooth hands-free device, the last one you
connected to becomes the active device. To
switch between devices, turn off the active
device before you try to connect to the other
device.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can download any
compatible ringtone directly to your Centro
(see Downloading files from a web page). You
can also download ringtones to your computer
and then email them to your Centro.
YOUR PHONE
CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 79
4
CHAPTER
Selecting ringtones
You can set various tones for various types
of incoming calls.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Sound
Preferences.
4Select the Application pick list and
select Ring Tones.
5Select the Volume pick list and select
the volume level.
6Select the Vibrate pick list and select
when you want your Centro to vibrate
for an incoming call.
7(Optional) Uncheck the Escalate ring
tone volume box if you do not want the
ring to play softly and then increase to
full volume the longer it rings.
8Select a ringtone from the pick list to
identify each of the following:
Known Caller: An incoming call from
someone in your Contacts or Favorites.
Unknown Caller: An incoming call from
someone identified by caller ID who is
not in your Contacts or Favorites. This
includes callers who have blocked their
caller ID.
Roaming: A special tone for incoming
calls when you’re outside your home
mobile network. This tone overrides all
other ringtones, unless you select No
Sound.
9Select Done.
Creating and managing ringtones
You can also record sounds and use them
as ringtones.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can assign a ringtone to a
contact or to an entire category of contacts.
YOUR PHONE
CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS
80
4
CHAPTER
3Select Options, and then select Sound
Preferences.
4Select Manage.
5Do one of the following:
To record a sound, select New.
To play a sound, select it with the
5-way .
To delete a sound, highlight it and
press Backspace .
To send a sound, highlight it and
select Send.
6Select Done twice.
Selecting Phone alert tones
You can set various tones for various types
of alerts.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Sound
Preferences.
4Select the Application pick list and
select Phone Alerts.
5Select the Volume pick list and select
the volume level.
6Select the Vibrate pick list and select
when you want your Centro to vibrate
for a phone alert.
7Select an alert tone from the pick list for
each of the following:
Voicemail Alert: Plays when you have
new voicemail.
Coverage in/out: Plays when you move
into or out of a coverage area.
8Select Done.
Adjusting the call volume
While a call is in progress, press the
Volume button on the side of your Centro
to adjust the call volume.
TIP
You can also create a new sound by
selecting New in Sound & Alerts Preferences.
YOUR PHONE
CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 81
4
CHAPTER
To increase the volume, press the upper
half of the Volume button.
To decrease the volume, press the
lower half of the Volume button.
Adjusting ringer volume
When a call is not in progress and music is
not playing, press the Volum e button on
the side of your Centro to adjust the ringer
volume, and then press the Side button to
confirm your selection.
Customizing the Main tab in the Phone
application
Phone Display Options let you customize
the appearance and entry mode of the
Main tab in the Phone application.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Phone
Display Options.
4Set any of the following options:
Wallpaper: Sets the wallpaper that
appears on the Main tab in the Phone
application. To change the wallpaper,
select the thumbnail image and then
select an image to use as wallpaper.
Fade: Adjusts the intensity level of the
wallpaper image.
Ty p i n g … : Sets whether typing in the
Main tab in the Phone app displays the
Dial Pad and enters numbers you want
to dial, or whether it displays the
Contacts tab and starts a contacts
search.
Volume
Side button
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can also set the
background for Agenda View in Calendar. See
Customizing display options for your calendar
for details.
YOUR PHONE
CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS
82
4
CHAPTER
Show Calendar event: Sets whether
the current event from the Calendar
application appears in the Main tab in
the Phone app. When this option is
enabled, you can then select this event
to jump to the Calendar app.
Default View: Sets the tab that appears
when you press Phone .
5Select OK.
Setting your dialing preferences
Dialing preferences let you assign a prefix
to your phone numbers. For example, you
can automatically dial a 1 before all 10-digit
phone numbers. You can add a different
prefix based on the length of the phone
number.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Dial
Preferences.
4Set any of the following options:
Dialing from North America: Formats
phone numbers using North American
conventions (XXX-XXX-XXXX).
Always dial +1 in front of the area
code: Adds a +1 in front of 10-digit
phone numbers. This option is available
only when Dialing from North America
is enabled.
To 7 digit numbers: Adds a prefix to
7-digit numbers. For example, enter
your own area code to automatically add
your area code when you dial local
numbers.
TIP
If you select the Typing starts contacts
search option, you can still enter a phone
number from the Main tab in the Phone app. If
you start typing digit keys that can be a phone
number, the device automatically switches to
the Dial Pad and looks for the phone number.
YOUR PHONE
CUSTOMIZING PHONE SETTINGS 83
4
CHAPTER
To (6), (5), (4), digit numbers: Adds a
prefix to numbers that are only six, five,
or four numerals long. For example, if all
the phone numbers in your office have
the 408 area code and a 555 exchange,
followed by a 4-digit extension, select 4
and enter the prefix 408555. To call a
colleague, simply dial your colleagues
4-digit extension; your Centro
automatically dials the rest and makes
the call. You can also create contact
entries with just the extension number
and then dial the number from your
Contacts list.
5Select OK.
Manually selecting the wireless network
You may be able to search for other
wireless network services in your current
location.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3From the Options menu, select Select
Network.
4Select another network, if available.
5Select OK.
Using TTY
A TTY (also known as TDD or text
telephone) is a telecommunications device
that allows people who are deaf or hard of
hearing, or who have speech or language
disabilities, to communicate by telephone.
Your Centro is compatible with select TTY
devices. You can connect a TTY/TDD
machine to your Centro through the
headset jack, but you cannot use your
headset jack with a headset while this
mode is enabled. Please check with the
manufacturer of your TTY device for
connectivity information and to ensure that
the TTY device supports digital wireless
transmission.
To use TTY, you may need to make
additional arrangements with your network
operator. Please contact your network
operator’s customer service department
for more information.
1Press Phone .
2Select the Dial Pad tab.
3Enter #*889 (TTY).
4Press Send .
YOUR PHONE
WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS?
84
4
CHAPTER
5When a message appears indicating
that TTY is enabled, select OK. To
disable TTY, repeat these steps.
What are all those
icons?
You can monitor the status of several items
using icons in the title bar in the Phone
application:
TIP
A red T appears at the top of the Phone
screen to indicate that TTY is enabled.
Service Your phone is on and you are in a
coverage area. If you are outside
a coverage area, No Service
appears instead. When you turn
off your phone, Phone Off
appears.
Call forwarding is active.
Your phone is on. The bars
display the signal strength. The
stronger the signal, the more
bars that appear. If you are
outside a coverage area, no bars
appear.
Your phone is on and a GPRS or
EDGE network is within range,
but you are not actively
transmitting data. You can still
make and receive calls.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS? 85
4
CHAPTER
Your phone is on and a GPRS or
EDGE data connection is active.
You may not be able to receive
calls when you are actively
transmitting data. If you make a
call, the data transmission is
automatically interrupted, and
you must manually resume the
data connection when you end
the call.
You have new voicemail
messages. You can select this
icon to retrieve your messages.
You have a new alert, such as a
Calendar alarm or a new text
message. To view the alert,
press and hold Center or
select the icon. See Viewing and
using the alerts.
The Bluetooth wireless
technology icon appears in gray
when this feature is off, in blue
when this feature is on, and in
reverse blue when your Centro is
communicating with another
Bluetooth device.
This icon replaces the Bluetooth
icon when your Centro is
connected to a Bluetooth
hands-free device. This icon
appears in dark blue when a call
is in progress and in light blue
when a call is not in progress.
This icon replaces the Bluetooth
icon when your Centro is
connected to your computer
using a dial-up networking (DUN)
connection. See Connecting your
computer to the Internet through
your Centro™.
Your battery is partially drained.
When the battery drains to 20%
of its capacity, the icon changes
from blue to red. At 10% of its
capacity, you begin to receive
warning messages, and at 5% of
its capacity, the Centro beeps (if
the Ringer switch is set to Sound
On) and the icon changes from
red to clear.
YOUR PHONE
WHAT ARE ALL THOSE ICONS?
86
4
CHAPTER
Your battery is being charged.
The lightning bolt turns from red
to green when the battery is fully
charged and your Centro remains
connected to the charger.
Your battery is fully charged and
your Centro is not connected to
the charger.
You have new text or multimedia
messages. The number next to
the icon indicates the number of
unread messages in your Inbox.
You can select this icon to
retrieve your messages.
You have new email messages.
The number next to the icon
indicates the number of unread
messages in your Inbox. If you
set up multiple email accounts
on your Centro, this number
reflects only the account that you
most recently accessed. You can
select this icon to retrieve your
messages.
KEY
TERM
GPRS (General Packet Radio
Service) A mobile connectivity technology
that provides persistent data connections.
(Additional charges may apply.)
KEY
TERM
EDGE (Enhanced Data rate for GSM
Evolution) An enhanced version of GPRS
that delivers data speeds that are up to three
times faster than standard GPRS connections.
(Additional charges may apply.)
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can tap the Bluetooth
icon to quickly turn Bluetooth wireless
features on and off.
TIP
To display the remaining battery power,
tap the battery icon at the top of the screen.
87
CHAPTER
5
Your email and other
messages
You already know how efficient email and messaging are for
staying in touch. Now your Palm®Centro smartphone brings
you a new level of convenience: email on the go. Enjoy the
ease and speed of communicating with friends, family, and
colleagues anywhere you can access your data network. You
can send and receive attachments as well. And keep the
Messaging app in mind for when you need to send a short text
message to a mobile phone number—especially handy when
you’re in a meeting that’s running late.
Benefits
Access email on the go
Send and receive photos, sound
files, Word and Excel files, and
more
Save messages from your
computer to view at a convenient
time
In this chapter
Your email application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
The VersaMail® application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
YOUR EMAIL APPLICATION 89
5
CHAPTER
Your email application
Your Centro includes the VersaMail®
application (called Email in Applications
view). You can also access web-based
email, like Yahoo! Mail or Hotmail, from the
web browser on your Centro.
NOTE You must activate data services on
your network operator account before you
can use email on your Centro.
You can use the VersaMail application to do
all of the following:
Access an email account that’s set up
on your Mac computer.
Check fee-based Internet mail, such as
Yahoo! Mail Plus.
Access email from an existing account
without extra software or account
sign-up.
Access Contacts on your device to
address email messages.
Access email from up to eight email
accounts.
Work with email messages when you’re
not connected to the Internet (for
example, when you’re on a plane).
Access your corporate directory to
address email messages.
Sync your email and organizer info with
your company’s Exchange server (using
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync®).
Push your email and organizer
information from your company’s
Exchange server using Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync.
KEY
TERM
Email provider The service you
use to send and receive email. Your email
provider’s name appears between the @
symbol and the dot in your email address.
Gmail, for example, is an email provider; so
are AOL and Earthlink.
KEY
TERM
Email application Its not an email
provider, but an application on your Centro,
that gives you a way to view and manage
email. An email application just transfers
messages from an account that you have
already set up with a provider.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
90
5
CHAPTER
Sync your mail with your company’s
Domino server.
Use Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) while
sending and receiving messages.
The VersaMail®
application
Before you can use VersaMail, you need to
enter your email account settings. If you
have multiple email accounts, you must
enter settings for each email account.
After you enter your email account
settings, see the User Guide for the
VersaMail Application on the Palm
Software Installation CD for info on
sending and receiving messages and
customizing your VersaMail settings.
How do I get started?
1If either of the following is true, read the
User Guide for the VersaMail
Application on the Palm Software
Installation CD:
You used the VersaMail application on
your previous Palm OS® device, and
you want to transfer those settings to
your Centro.
You plan to use VersaMail to access
an email account on a Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync server, a Lotus
Notes server, or a Microsoft MAPI
server.
2If your email provider is listed in the
following table, skip to Setting up
VersaMail to work with common
providers.
Australia: Bigpond Mail and OptusNet.
Belgium: Scarlet, Skynet, Swing, and
Tiscali Belgium.
Brazil: UOL.
Canada: Rogers High Speed and
Sympatico.
Denmark: Cybercity, Sonofon, TDC, and
Tiscali.
Finland: TeliaSonera.
France: 9 Telecom, Cegetel,
Club-Internet, Free, Freesurf, La Poste,
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 91
5
CHAPTER
Noos, Orange, SFR.net, Tele2, Tiscali,
Wanadoo, and yahoo!.
Germany: debitel E-Mail, E-Plus imail,
Freenet Email-Office, GMX eMail,
T-online eMail, Vodafone eMail, and
Web.de E-Mail.
Hong Kong: 1O1O,
3-DUALBAND-Netvigator (IMS), and
One2Free.
Ireland: o2 Ireland and Vodafone
Ireland.
Italy: interfree, kataweb, libero, Tim,
tin.It, and Tiscali.
Malaysia: Jaring and Maxis Net.
Mexico: Mensaje Telcel and yahoo!.
Netherlands: @Home, Chello, Het Net,
Planet Internet, Tiscali, Wanadoo,
XS4ALL, and Zonnet.
New Zealand: Vodafone NZ.
Norway: Telenor and Netcom.
Philippines: GlobeQuest and Pacific
Internet - PH.
Singapore: Pacific Internet, Singnet,
and StarHub.
Spain: Movistar, Telefonica, Terra.es,
Vodafone, and Wanadoo.
Sweden: Bredbandsbolaget, Chello,
Com Hem, Tele2, TeliaSonera Mail,
Vodafone Euromail, and yahoo!.
Switzerland: Bluewin, GMX, green.ch,
Orange, Sunrise (my), Sunrise Freesurf,
SwissOnline, Tiscali, and yahoo!.
Taiwan: HiNet Umail.
Thailand: AIS Mail.
United Kingdom: Blueyonder, BT
Internet, BT Openworld, BT Yahoo!,
Clara.net, Demon, Freeserve, Lycos,
NTL, O2, Orange, Pipex, Tiscali, UK
Online, Virgin, Vodafone, Wanadoo, and
yahoo!.
United States: AOL, Apple.Mac, AT&T
Worldnet, Bell South, Cablevision,
Charter, Comcast, CompuServe,
EarthLink, Gmail, Mail.com, NetZero,
Speakeasy, Verizon DSL, and Yahoo!.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
92
5
CHAPTER
3If your email providers name is not
listed, you need to obtain the following
info from your system administrator or
ISP, and then skip to Setting up
VersaMail to work with other providers:
Mail protocol: POP, IMAP, or Outlook
Mail (EAS)
Incoming and outgoing mail server
names, such as mail.myisp.com
Incoming and outgoing mail server
port numbers, such as 110 (incoming
POP), 143 (incoming IMAP), or 25
(outgoing POP or IMAP)
(If necessary) Security settings: APOP,
ESMTP, SSL
Setting up VersaMail to work with
common providers
1Press Applications and select
Email .
2If this is the first time you are setting up
VersaMail, you are asked if you want to
continue with account setup after you
open the application. Select Continue
and go to step 5.
3Press Menu .
4Select Accounts, and then select
Account Setup.
5Select New.
6Enter the email address for your email
account. Your email address includes
your username, which usually appears
before the @ symbol in your email
address.
7In the Password field, enter your email
account password.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 93
5
CHAPTER
8If the VersaMail application can obtain
your email account settings based on
your username and password, the Next
button changes to Done. Select Done.
NOTE If the Next button does not change
to Done, you need to follow the next
procedure, Setting up VersaMail to work
with other providers.
Setting up VersaMail to work with other
providers
1Press Applications and select
Email .
2If this is the first time you are setting up
VersaMail, you are asked if you want to
continue with account setup after you
open the application. Select Continue
and go to step 5.
IMPORTANT Do not select HotSync on
this screen. Doing so may prevent the
VersaMail application from working
correctly.
3Press Menu .
4Select Accounts, and then select
Account Setup.
5Select New.
6Enter the email address for your email
account. Your email address includes
your username, which usually appears
before the @ symbol in your email
address.
TIP
To enter settings for another email
account, open the Accounts menu and select
Account Setup.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
94
5
CHAPTER
7In the Password field, enter your email
account password.
8 Select Next.
9Select the Mail Type pick list, and then
select POP, IMAP, or Outlook Mail
(EAS) (based on the info you received
from your system administrator or ISP).
10 Enter the username you use to access
your email.
11 Enter the names of your incoming and
outgoing mail servers.
12 Do one of the following:
Finish setup: Select Done to finish the
setup and go to the Inbox of the
account you set up, where you can
begin getting and sending email.
TIP
Your username can be either the part of
your email address appearing before the @
symbol or your entire email address. Check
with your email provider if you are not sure
what username to enter.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Your incoming mail server is
also called your POP, IMAP, or Outlook Mail
(EAS) server; your outgoing mail server is also
called your SMTP server.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 95
5
CHAPTER
Test settings (POP and EAS accounts
only): Select Test Settings to test
settings for this account.
Set additional mail options: If your
system administrator or ISP provided
port numbers or security settings,
select Advanced, and then enter those
settings.
13 Select Done.
Creating and sending messages
1From the Inbox, select New.
2Begin entering one of the following for
the addressee:
Email address
First name
Last name
3Enter the subject and message text.
4Select one of the following:
Send: Connects and sends all
messages immediately. If the message
cannot be sent for any reason, the
message is stored in your Outbox.
Outbox: Puts the message in the
Outbox to send later.
Drafts: Saves the message so you can
continue working on it at another time.
TIP
You can also select Advanced to set more
options for incoming and outgoing messages.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Advanced settings include the
Reset Advanced Settings button. You can
select this button to reset your advanced
settings to their initial state. This is useful
when you want to restore your initial settings
but you can’t remember what they were.
TIP
If you enter address info that matches one
or more of your contacts, VersaMail displays
the matching contacts. To accept a
suggestion, select the correct contact. To
send to a different address, keep entering the
email address or name.
TIP
To move between fields, press Up or
Down on the 5-way.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
96
5
CHAPTER
Adding attachments to your messages
You can attach several types of files to your
email messages.
Attaching photos and videos
1Create the message to which you want
to attach the photo or video.
2On the New Message screen, select
the red paper clip icon in the
upper-right corner.
3From the Ty p e pick list, select Photo/
Video.
4On the Select Media screen, select the
Album pick list to go to the album
containing the photo or video you want,
and then check the box to the left of the
photo or video.
5Select Done.
.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
VersaMail makes up to five
attempts to send a message; if it is still not
successful, an alert message appears and you
must try to manually send the message again.
TIP
To remove an attachment, select the file in
the Attachments box, and then select
Delete.
TIP
To attach more than one file to a message,
repeat steps 3 and 4.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 97
5
CHAPTER
Attaching ringtones
1Create the message to which you want
to attach the ringtone.
2On the New Message screen, select
the red paper clip icon in the
upper-right corner.
3From the Ty p e pick list, select Sounds.
4Select the ringtone you want, and then
select Insert.
5Select Done.
Attaching Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and
PDF files
1Create the message to which you want
to attach the file.
2On the New Message screen, select
the red paper clip icon in the
upper-right corner.
3From the Ty p e pick list, select
Documents.
4Select the file you want on the
Documents screen.
5Select Done.
Attaching other types of files
1Create the message to which you want
to attach the item.
2On the New Message screen, select
the red paper clip icon in the
upper-right corner.
3From the Ty p e pick list, select the type
of file to attach—for example, Address,
Appointment, or Memo/Text.
4Select the item you want from the list in
the Ty p e box.
5Select Done.
Receiving and viewing messages
1From any mailbox, select Get or Get &
Send.
2From the Inbox, select the message you
want to view.
TIP
Ringtones that are copy-protected appear
in the Sounds application with a lock icon. You
can use these ringtones on your phone, but
you cannot send them as attachments.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
98
5
CHAPTER
3If a large incoming message is
truncated, select More .
4Select Done.
Replying to or forwarding messages
When you respond to messages, you can
select whether to include the original text
(see Customizing your email settings).
1From the Inbox or another folder, open
the message you want to respond to.
2In Message View, select Reply. Select
whether to reply to just the sender or to
reply to both the sender and all
addressees on the message.
3Enter your reply.
4Select Send.
TIP
A circular arrow in the lower-right corner of
the Inbox revolves to indicate background
activity, such as downloading messages.
TIP
When viewing a message, tap the scroll
arrows at the top of the screen to view the
previous or next message.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
The VersaMail application
sends all messages as plain text only, with all
HTML tags stripped, even if you are
forwarding or replying to a message that was
originally received as HTML.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 99
5
CHAPTER
Viewing attachments
There are a number of attachment types
you can open with the built-in software
on your Centro (for example, Microsoft
Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and PDF files;
ringtones; and photos).
1From any folder, open the message with
the attachment you want to view.
Messages with downloaded
attachments appear with a paper clip
icon to the left of the message icon.
2Select the attachment name at the
bottom of the message screen to view
it in the default viewer on your Centro.
3When you finish with the attachment,
select Done to return to the
Attachments dialog box.
NOTE If there is no Done button, press
Applications and select Email to
return to the account’s Inbox.
Managing your messages
The status icons that appear near the
messages in your Inbox indicate the
following:
TIP
If an attachment is not downloaded
because it is larger than your maximum
message size, the paper clip icon does not
appear, and the attachment is not displayed at
the bottom of the message screen. Select
More to download and display any
attachments. However, if the attachment is
larger than the limit set by IT or by the email
provider, the attachment is not downloaded.
TIP
You can also select the folder icon to the
left of the attachment name to open a menu
of tasks you can do with the attachment,
including View, Install, or Unzip, depending on
the attachment file type; Save to card to save
the attachment to an expansion card; or select
Viewer to select the application you want to
use to view the attachment.
The message is unread when the
subject appears in bold.
The message includes an
attachment.
The message includes a meeting
invitation.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
100
5
CHAPTER
You can rearrange the message list to
make it easier to find and view messages.
In the Inbox, select Sort, and then
select one of the following: By Subject,
By Sender, By Size, or By Date.
To quickly switch between folders in list
view, select the folder pick list at the
top of the screen and select the desired
folder.
Deleting selected messages from the
Inbox
When you delete a message from the
Inbox, it moves to the Trash folder.
1Select the bullet next to the icon of each
message that you want to delete. To
select adjacent messages, drag the
stylus so that it touches the bullet to the
left of each message. Lift the stylus and
drag again to select more adjacent
messages.
2Press Menu .
3Select Delete on the Message menu.
4If a confirmation dialog box appears,
select OK to confirm the deletion.
Deleting messages by date
You can quickly delete a group of
messages by selecting a range of dates.
1Press Menu .
2Select Delete Old on the Message
menu.
3Select the folder and a date range for
the messages you want to delete.
4Select OK.
5If a confirmation dialog box appears,
select OK to confirm the deletion.
Switching accounts
If you create more than one email account
in VersaMail, you need to switch from
account to account to get, send, and
This message has high priority.
TIP
To delete a single message, select the
envelope icon next to the message, and then
select Delete from the list.
TIP
To empty (or purge) the Trash folder, open
the Message menu and select Empty Trash.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 101
5
CHAPTER
otherwise manage the messages in each
account.
1Press Menu .
2Select Accounts, and then select an
account.
Customizing your email settings
You can customize the VersaMail settings
for each individual email account on your
Centro. The preferences you set apply only
to the email account you are currently
viewing. If you have multiple accounts,
configure each account separately.
You can set up a schedule to automatically
retrieve email messages; set preferences
for how and when messages are retrieved;
add a signature to an outgoing message;
and more. For complete information on all
the email settings you can customize, see
the User Guide for the VersaMail
Application on the Palm Software
Installation CD.
Scheduling Auto Sync
You can set up VersaMail to automatically
download new email messages to your
Centro with the Auto Sync feature.
1Press Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
3Select Auto Sync.
4Check the Auto-sync box.
5Select the Every pick list and select the
time interval, from 5 minutes to
12 hours.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you assigned VersaMail to a
quick button, you can press that button
repeatedly to switch between your email
accounts.
TIP
You need to set up a separate Auto Sync
schedule for each email account. This feature
may not work with email accounts that require
VPN connection.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
102
5
CHAPTER
NOTE If you set a more frequent interval,
you may need to recharge your Centro
battery more often.
6Select the Start Time and End Time
boxes, and then select the hour, the
minute, and AM or PM to enter the time
for the first and last Auto Sync to take
place. Select OK.
7Select the days you want the schedule
to be active. You can choose any
number of days, but you can set up only
one schedule for each email account.
8Select OK, and then select Get Mail.
Viewing the Activity Log
The Activity Log lists ongoing and
completed background transactions, such
as downloading email, between the server
and your email account.
1From the Inbox, press Menu .
2Select Options, and then select View
Activity Log.
3Select a listed action.
4Do either of the following:
To cancel an ongoing action, select
Stop. If the action has already been
completed, Stop does not appear.
To view the details of a completed
action, select Details.
5Select Done.
Selecting alert tones
When you schedule Auto Sync for a given
account, you can choose a sound—such as
a bird, a phone, or an alarm—to let you
know when new email arrives.
1From any mailbox screen, press
Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
3Select Alerts.
4Check the Alert me of new mail box.
5Select the Alert Sound pick list, and
then select a sound. Your Centro plays a
brief demo of the sound.
6Select OK.
TIP
After you set up a scheduled Auto Sync
and select Get Mail, only new messages are
retrieved during Auto Sync.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 103
5
CHAPTER
Setting preferences for getting messages
1From any mailbox screen, press
Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
3Select Incoming.
4Set any of the following preferences,
and then select OK.
Get: Indicates whether to get message
subjects only or entire messages.
Ask Every Time: Indicates if you want
to see a dialog box for selecting
subjects only or entire messages each
time you retrieve email. If the box is
unchecked, messages are retrieved
according to the option you select in the
Get pick list.
Unread messages (IMAP accounts
only): Downloads only unread mail to
your Centro. If you don’t check this box
and you select Get & Send, all the
messages on your mail server are
downloaded to your Inbox, including
messages you’ve read.
Mail from last: Gets messages sent
within the number of days you specify.
Download attachments: Automatically
downloads files attached to email,
except for attachments that exceed the
maximum message size.
Maximum message size: Sets the
maximum size of an incoming email
message. Enter the size in kilobytes
(KB). The default is 5KB, but you can
enter any size up to 2,048KB
(approximately 2 megabytes [MB]),
TIP
The POP protocol does not support
retrieval of unread mail only from the server. If
you have a POP email account, VersaMail
downloads all messages regardless of
whether you have read them, and regardless
of whether the Unread messages box is
checked.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
104
5
CHAPTER
including attachments. The maximum
message size that you can retrieve is
60KB for the body text and
approximately 5MB of total data for any
attachments.
Message Format: Sets the format for
messages you retrieve.
HTML: Displays messages sent in
HTML format with basic formatting
intact and displays other messages as
plain text.
Text: Displays all messages as plain
text, regardless of the format in which
they were sent.
Attaching a signature to a message
You can attach a personal signature, with
info such as your company’s address and
phone numbers, to the bottom of all
messages you send.
1From any mailbox screen, press
Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
3Select Signature.
4Check the Attach Signature box.
5Enter your signature information, and
then select OK.
Working with Microsoft Exchange
ActiveSync®
Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync® works
with the VersaMail, Calendar, and Contacts
apps on your Centro to directly access
corporate groupware information on a
Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or
Exchange Server 2003. You can
synchronize business email, calendar, and
contact info with the Exchange 2003
server from your Centro without using a
desktop computer.
When you create a Microsoft Exchange
ActiveSync account in the VersaMail
application, your email, calendar, and
contact info sync directly with the
Exchange server; information does not
sync with the desktop software application
on your computer, such as Microsoft
Outlook or Palm Desktop software. Other
information that is stored on your
computer, such as tasks and memos,
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION 105
5
CHAPTER
continues to synchronize with your desktop
software.
The Exchange server pushes email
messages, Calendar events, meeting
invitations, and updated contact
information it receives onto your Centro.
Likewise, when you create an email
message or event or you update a contact
on your Centro, it can be pushed to the
server.
Pushing email, events, and contacts
The Exchange server pushes email
messages, Calendar events, meeting
invitations, and updated contact
information it receives onto your Centro.
NOTE Find out from your system
administrator if your Exchange server
supports push and has push turned on.
Likewise, when you create an email
message or event or you update a contact
on your Centro, it can be pushed to the
server.
Push from server to Centro happens
automatically as new or changed items
arrive on the server. When you create a
new message, appointment, or contact on
your Centro, the new item is pushed from
your Centro to the server at the following
times:
When a server-to-Centro push takes
place
When you select Sync in your Exchange
ActiveSync account to manually retrieve
information
At a preset time interval, if neither of
the preceding two events takes place
during that interval—for example, if
neither a server push nor a manual sync
takes place for ten minutes
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Your Centro turns on and an
alert appears whenever you receive a new
message. To save battery life, you can turn
alerts off for your Exchange ActiveSync
account. Go to the account, press Menu,
select Options, and then select Preferences.
Select Alerts, and then uncheck the alert box.
KEY
TERM
Push Technology in which a server
automatically delivers new information (such
as new email messages) to a device. The user
does not need to do anything.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
THE VERSAMAIL® APPLICATION
106
5
CHAPTER
Turning off push
When push is enabled, you can turn it off—
for example, to save battery life.
1Open VersaMail and go to your
Exchange ActiveSync account (this is
typically your corporate email account).
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
4Select Auto Sync, and then do one of
the following:
To switch from push to an Auto Sync
schedule for email, calendar, or
contacts, select the When pick list
and then select any schedule option
except As Items Arrive.
To turn off push and manually retrieve
information, uncheck the box next to
the type of information you want to
get manually (Mail, Calendar, or
Contacts).
Using Remote Address Lookup
Remote Address Lookup enables you to
retrieve email addresses on your corporate
Exchange server.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN Be sure your phone
is on and you are within a coverage area.
1Open VersaMail and go to your
Exchange ActiveSync account.
2Select New.
3On the new message screen, begin
addressing the message. If the name
you want does not appear on the Smart
Addressing list, press Menu ,
select Options, and then select
Remote Lookup.
4Enter text that you want to find on the
server. For example, type “Ste” to
search for a person named Steve.
5Select Search. Any names or addresses
on the server that match the characters
you entered are displayed.
6When the name you want appears,
select it, and then select Add.
TIP
When push is enabled, certain
preferences change for your Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync account only. A new
Auto Sync preference is created, including
Auto Sync and Alerts options. The Advanced
preferences, including Connection and Server
options, are removed.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING 107
5
CHAPTER
For complete info on using a Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync account, see the
User Guide for the VersaMail Application
on the Palm Software Installation CD.
Messaging
When your phone is on, icons appear in the
title bar in the Main tab in the Phone
application to indicate whether data
services are available and whether a data
connection is active. Make sure that either
of the following icons appears in the title
bar of the Main tab: . If you do not
see either of these icons, data services are
not available in your current location and
you cannot exchange multimedia
messages.
You can use the Messaging application to
exchange brief text messages (SMS) and
multimedia messages (MMS) with other
devices and email addresses that support
these forms of messaging. Before you use
your Centro to send or receive messages,
refer to your service plan for pricing and
availability of messaging services.
Creating and sending a text message
Each text message can have up to
160 characters. Messages with more than
160 characters are automatically split into
several messages. (If you send a text
message to an email address, the email
address is deducted from the
160-character count.)
1Press Messaging .
2Select New.
3Select the To field to address the
message:
Press Center . If the recipient’s
name appears in the list of recent
addresses, select it from the list.
If the recipient is in your Contacts list,
enter the first initial and last name (no
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can address messages to
multiple recipients by separating the
addresses with a comma. If you address a
single message to three people, you will be
billed for three messages.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can page someone to call
you by sending them a blank text message.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING
108
5
CHAPTER
spaces), and then select the
recipient’s phone number or email
address, depending on where you
want to send the message.
If the recipient’s name isn’t in the list
of recent addresses or your Contacts
list, enter the phone number or email
address.
NOTE Sending text messages to land-line
phones may not be supported.
4Enter your message or select
QuickText to insert predefined
phrases. To insert emoticons, select .
NOTE Some symbols can’t be used in text
messages. The Messaging application
automatically replaces invalid characters.
5Select Send.
TIP
If you see numbers when you expect to
see letters (or the other way around), you need
to turn Option Lock on by pressing Option
twice or turn it off by pressing Option once.
TIP
Do you need to enter a short code that
contains letters? Use the keyboard to enter it;
just press the letter keys. For example, if the
code is “win01,” press W to enter w, I to enter
i, and so on. No need to figure out the
numbers that correspond to the letters
TIP
To add a new QuickText phrase, select
Edit QuickText from the list.
TIP
Select Save as Draft to save a draft of the
message without sending it. To access the
draft, select the category pick list at the top of
the screen and select Drafts.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING 109
5
CHAPTER
Creating and sending a multimedia
message
Multimedia messages consist of text,
photos, videos, and sounds presented as
one or more slides.You can include any of
the following items:
0
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Select New.
3Select Add Media.
4Select the To field to address the
message with up to 25 addresses:
Press Center . If the recipient’s
name appears in the list of recent
addresses, select it from the list.
If the recipient is in your Contacts list,
enter the first initial and last name (no
spaces), and then select the
recipient’s phone number or email
address.
If the recipient’s name is not in the list
of recent addresses or your Contacts
list, enter the phone number or email
address.
5Enter a subject.
6Select the image placeholder, and then
select one of the following:
Attach picture/video: Insert one photo
or video from your Centro or an
expansion card.
Take new picture: Take a picture with
the built-in camera and add it to the
message.
Take new video: Capture a short video
with the built-in camcorder and add it to
the message.
KEY
TERM
Slide A collection of text, pictures,
videos, and sounds that are grouped together
within a multimedia message. During
playback, all the items within a particular slide
appear on the same screen. If a multimedia
message contains multiple slides, each slide
can be viewed separately during playback.
Item Supported File Types
Pictures JPG, GIF, WBMP
Videos MPEG4, 3GPP, 3GPP2
Ringtones MIDI, AAC, AAC+, MP3
Sound clips AMR, QCELP, MP3
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING
110
5
CHAPTER
7(Optional) Select Sound , and then
select one of the following:
Record new: Record a sound clip of up
to 1 minute.
Attach voice memo: Select a memo
you recorded in the Voice Memo
application.
Attach ringtone: Select a ringtone.
8Enter a text message or caption.
9Select Add slide to insert additional
slides.
10 (Optional) Select Preview to view the
message as the recipient will see it.
11 (Optional) Press Menu , and then
select High Priority from the Compose
menu to mark the message as urgent.
12 Select Send.
Receiving messages
When your phone is turned on and is in an
area of wireless coverage, you
automatically receive new text messages.
For multimedia messages, you can set
your Centro to automatically download
new messages or to notify you that a
message is ready to be downloaded (see
Customizing your Messaging settings). You
can also configure how your Centro notifies
you when a new message arrives (see
Selecting Messaging alert tones).
TIP
When creating a message, you can
preview or delete an item. Highlight the item,
press Center on the 5-way, and then select
Remove, View, or Play.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can send a contact or
calendar entry. Select the entry, open the
Record menu, select Send, and then select
Messaging.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING 111
5
CHAPTER
The new message alert may include any of
the following buttons:
OK: Dismisses the alert and places the
message in your Inbox.
Reply: Opens Chat View, where you can
reply with a text message. To send an
MMS reply, select Add from Chat View.
Call Back: Dials the sender’s phone
number.
Go To Msg: Opens the message so you
can view its full contents.
Delete: Moves the message from your
Inbox to the Deleted folder.
Using links in messages
When you receive a text message that
contains a telephone number, email
address, or URL, you can dial the number,
send an email message, or go to the web
page immediately.
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Select the message that contains the
link you want to use.
3Select the phone number, email
address, or URL (appears as underlined
blue text).
Your Centro automatically launches the
appropriate application from the link.
TIP
When you receive a message, you can
also press Send to call the sender.
TIP
If you have multiple alerts, the Alert dialog
box displays all your pending alerts. Select an
item’s description to jump to that item, or
check the box to clear that item. To view all
your pending alerts from any screen on your
Centro, press and hold Center on the 5-way.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING
112
5
CHAPTER
Viewing/playing a multimedia message
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Select the message you want to view.
3If there are sounds or multiple slides,
playback begins immediately.
4Do any of the following:
Use the onscreen controls to scroll to
other slides and messages.
To save a sound, press Menu ,
and select Save Sound from the
Message menu. You can access
saved sounds later by pressing
Applications and selecting
Sounds or Voice Memo .
To save a picture, press Menu ,
and select Save Picture from the
Message menu. You can access
saved pictures later by pressing
Applications and selecting
Pics&Videos .
To copy the text, use the stylus to
highlight the text, press Menu ,
select Edit, and then select Copy.
To stop playback of a message, select
Play/Stop.
To view message details, press
Menu and select Message
Details from the Message menu.
To save a calendar or contact entry,
open the message details. You can
access saved entries later by pressing
Applications and selecting
Calendar or Contacts
(depending on the type of entry you
saved).
5Select OK.
Arranging your messages
You can rearrange the messages in any
folder by using the Sort command.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING 113
5
CHAPTER
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Select the folder list in the title bar and
select the folder you want to sort.
3Press Menu .
4Select View, and then select Sort by
Name or Sort by Date.
Deleting messages
You can delete several messages at once
from any folder by using the Purge
command.
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Select the folder list in the title bar and
select the folder that contains the
messages you want to delete.
3Press Menu .
4Select Purge from the Message menu.
5Select the Purge pick list, and then
select an option.
6Select OK.
Chatting with Messaging
When you exchange more than one
message with a single contact, the
messages you exchange with that person
are grouped into a chat session. When you
select a chat session from your message
list, the upper part of Chat View displays all
messages you’ve exchanged with this
contact, and the lower part provides an
entry area.
TIP
To delete an individual message, highlight
it in the message list, and then select Delete.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can send and receive text
messages even while you are on a phone call.
This is easiest when using a hands-free device
or the speakerphone.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING
114
5
CHAPTER
You can carry on multiple chats at the same
time and easily switch between them,
using the pick list at the top of the screen.
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Do one of the following:
Start a new chat: Select a message
and reply to it.
Continue an existing chat: Select a
message that displays the Chat
icon.
3Enter your message.
4Select Send.
Customizing your Messaging settings
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Press Menu .
3From the Options menu, select
Preferences.
4On the Messages tab, set any of the
following preferences for your individual
messages:
New message: Indicates whether text
or multimedia messaging is the default
format for a new message.
TIP
To find a chat you had with someone, open
your Messaging Inbox and select a chat
session.
TIP
Pale gray text indicates that a message is
pending or enroute.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING 115
5
CHAPTER
MMS Receipts: Indicates whether you
want to receive a confirmation when an
outgoing MMS message is delivered.
Validity Period: Indicates how long you
want an outgoing message to be valid.
Confirm message deletions: Indicates
whether you want deletion confirmation
prompts to appear.
Privacy Mode (hide text): Indicates
whether you want the body text to
appear in the alert when you receive a
new message, or whether you want the
alert to hide the text and prompt you to
go to the message.
5Select the Chat tab and set any of the
following preferences for chat sessions:
Create chats from messages: Indicate
when you want to group messages
from the same person into a chat.
Show timestamps in chats: Indicate
whether you want to see the local date
and time the message was sent next to
each message.
Display my name in chat window as:
Enter the name you want to use as the
label for your messages in Chat View.
Label color: Select a color to
differentiate your messages from the
sender’s messages while in Chat View.
Use color for: Indicate whether you
want both your name and message text
in the selected label color, or only your
name.
6Select the Network tab and set any of
the following preferences for network
connections.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING
116
5
CHAPTER
Automatically collect MMS
messages: Indicate whether you want
to download multimedia messages
automatically.
Network Configuration: Indicate if you
want to use Automatic or Manual
message retrieval. If you select Manual,
select Edit and enter the network
provider settings.
NOTE We recommend that you do not
change the Network Configuration
settings.
7Select OK.
Selecting Messaging alert tones
1Press Applications and
selectMessaging.
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Alerts.
4Select the Application pick list and
select Messaging.
5Select the Volume pick list and select
the volume level.
6Select the Vibrate pick list and select
when you want your Centro to vibrate.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Your Centro includes a silent
alert that can vibrate even when the Ringer
switch is set to Sound Off.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING 117
5
CHAPTER
7Select the Message Tone pick list and
select a tone for incoming message
alerts.
8Check the boxes if you want to see
onscreen alerts when a new message
arrives and when a message you sent is
received.
9Select Done.
What are all those icons?
The message descriptions in the Inbox,
Outbox, and Sent folders show the
message status:
Unread messages appear in bold.
Read messages appear in plain text.
Urgent messages appear with a red
exclamation point (!).
The following icons show the message
type and additional status info:
TIP
By default, the Messaging app shows the
Inbox folder. To view a different folder, select
the folder list in the title bar and select a
different folder from the list.
A text message
A chat session
A multimedia message that is ready
for you to download
A multimedia message that is fully
downloaded
A multimedia message that is fully
downloaded and contains sound
A message that is waiting to be
sent
A receipt, which you requested,
confirming delivery of the message
An outgoing message with an error
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you are outside a coverage
area or if your phone is turned off, outgoing
messages go into the Outbox. When you
return to a coverage area or turn your phone
on, your pending messages are automatically
sent and transferred to the Sent folder.
YOUR EMAIL AND OTHER MESSAGES
MESSAGING
118
5
CHAPTER
119
CHAPTER
6
Your connections to the web
and wireless devices
You use the web for many things: driving directions, shopping,
news, web-based email. Now, with your network and the
built-in web browser, you can take the web with you almost
anywhere.
The built-in Bluetooth® feature of your Palm®Centro
smartphone helps you easily set up wireless connections to a
number of devices, so you can enjoy the convenience of
cable-free connectivity. You can also use your Centro to
connect your computer to the Internet and to share contacts or
your favorite photos with other people.
Benefits
Carry the web with you
Store web pages for offline
viewing
Connect to Bluetooth headsets
and car kits
Connect your computer to the
Internet through your Centro
In this chapter
Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Connecting your computer to the Internet through your Centro™ . 129
Connecting with Bluetooth devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER 121
6
CHAPTER
Web browser
The web browser on your Centro provides
quick and easy access to web pages. You
can view most of the sites you use on your
computer, including those with security
and advanced features, such as JavaScript
and frames. To browse the web, you must
activate data services from your network
operator.
Viewing a web page
To make viewing web pages on your
Centro a better experience, the web
browser reformats web pages into a single
column and resizes images. In this
format—called Optimized Mode—you can
see most of the content without scrolling
left or right. You can also switch to Wide
Page Mode if you like.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
The security certificates and
128-bit Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) encryption
let you visit secure websites, like ones for
banking and using email. Some secure sites
also require specific browsers, so those may
not work with your web browser.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
The web browser supports
JavaScript, SSL strong encryption, and
cookies, but it does not support plug-ins (such
as Flash or Shockwave) or Java applets.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can send email from a
web page on your Centro. Email addresses
appear as links on web pages. After you
configure an email application on your Centro,
you can select an email address link to create
a message to the selected address.
Optimized Mode
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER
122
6
CHAPTER
1Press Applications and select
Web to open the web browser. If
necessary, select Ye s to turn on your
phone, and Ye s to connect to the
Internet.
If you do not see either of these icons
in the title bar, data services are
not available in your current location and
you cannot connect to the Internet.
2Enter a web page address (URL) in the
Address Bar and select Go.
NOTE If you browse to a secure web
page, a lock icon appears in the
Address Bar.
3Do any of the following to navigate
within the web page:
View a page in wide layout format (as
on your computer): Press Menu ,
select Options, and then select Wide
Page Mode.
Scroll through the page: In Optimized
Mode (the default format) press Up
or Down . In Wide Page Mode, use all
buttons on the 5-way to scroll in
any direction.
Follow a link to another web page: In
Optimized Mode, highlight the link by
pressing Left or Right and then
press Center to go to the selected
page. In Wide Page Mode, use the
stylus to select a link.
Submit a form: Enter the info and then
select the onscreen button to submit
the form. If the form doesn’t have an
onscreen button, press Return .
Wide Page Mode
TIP
To adjust the font size, open the Options
menu and select Font. To fit more text on the
screen, select Small. To make the text easier
to read, select Large.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER 123
6
CHAPTER
4Use the 5-way to access any of
the following icons in the title bar:
0
Creating a bookmark
With bookmarks, you can instantly access
a web page without entering the address
every time. The web browser can store up
to 100 bookmarks or saved pages, allowing
you to open your favorite web pages
quickly. Note that a bookmark is different
from a saved page and different from a
favorite (see Defining favorite buttons).
1Go to the page you want to bookmark.
2Press Menu .
3Select Add Bookmark from the Page
menu.
4Change the entries in the Name and
Description fields.
5Select OK, and then select OK again.
Goes to your home page.
Opens a dialog box where you
can enter a web address or view
a list of recently viewed web
pages.
Goes back in order through
pages you viewed.
Goes forward in order through
pages you viewed.
Gets the latest version of the
current web page. This is
sometimes called refreshing the
web page.
Opens a list where you can
select Fast mode (no images or
style sheets) or Normal mode
(with images and style sheets).
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
The predefined bookmarks
take you to pages that are optimized for your
Centro.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER
124
6
CHAPTER
Saving a page
You can use the web browser to save a
page for offline viewing, so you don’t need
a wireless connection to view it later.
1Go to the page you want to save.
2Press Menu .
3Select Save Page from the Page menu.
4Select OK, and then select OK again.
Viewing bookmarks or saved pages
Bookmarks and saved pages both appear in
Bookmarks View. Saved pages are
indicated by a small triangle in the
upper-right corner of the bookmark.
1Select the Bookmarks View icon in
the web page toolbar.
2Select the bookmark or saved page you
want to view.
Editing or deleting a bookmark or saved
page
1In Bookmarks View, press Menu .
2Select Edit Bookmarks from the
Bookmarks menu.
3Select the bookmark you want to edit or
delete.
4Enter the desired changes or select
Delete.
5Select OK.
Arranging bookmarks and saved pages
Bookmarks View has ten pages where you
can store and arrange bookmarks and
saved pages in a way that works for you.
For example, you can store travel links on
one bookmark page, stock links on another,
and business links on a third page.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can make Bookmarks
View the default view when you open the
browser. Open the Options menu and select
Preferences. Select the Start With pick list
and select Bookmarks.
TIP
To go back to the last web page you
viewed without selecting a bookmark, select
Page View.
TIP
If you can’t edit, delete, or beam a
bookmark, it is probably locked, and these
actions are prohibited.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER 125
6
CHAPTER
1In Bookmarks View, press Menu .
2Select Edit Bookmarks from the
Bookmarks menu.
3Enter a title for this page of bookmarks.
4Use the stylus to drag and drop a
bookmark into the desired slot. You can
move a bookmark within the current
page or move it to a different bookmark
page by dragging and dropping it on one
of the Bookmark Page icons at the
bottom of the screen.
5Select OK.
Downloading files from a web page
The web browser lets you download files
that are recognized by one of the
applications on your Centro. When you
download a file, you can open it in the
application that recognizes the file. For
example, if you download an MP3 file, you
can listen to it later in the Pocket Tunes™
application.
If a file is not recognized by any application
on your Centro, you cannot open it on your
Centro. You can, however, download the
file to an expansion card, transfer it to your
computer using an expansion card reader
(sold separately), and view it on your
computer.
You can download files such as new
applications and choose to play or save
music and video files in many popular
formats—provided that the website
permits the downloading of files:
1Go to the page with the link to the file
you want to download.
2Do one of the following:
In Optimized Mode, press Left or
Right to highlight the link to the
file, and then press Center .
In Wide Page Mode, tap the link with
your stylus.
Item Supported File Types
Pictures JPG, WBMP, GIF, PNG
Videos MP4, 3G2, ASF, WMV
Ringtones MIDI, AAC, AAC+, MP3
Music MP3, WMA
TIP
You can also access software and other
downloads using the Downloads bookmark.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER
126
6
CHAPTER
3If prompted, select what you want to do
with the file: Play, Save To Device, or
Save To Card.
4Select Ye s .
Streaming files from a web page
The web browser lets you stream files that
are recognized by one of the applications
on your Centro. For example, you can
choose to play music and video files in
many popular formats (MP3, WMA, WMV).
1When the web browser recognizes
streamed content on a web page, it
displays a Play icon. To view or
listen to the streamed content, select
Play .
2Once streaming begins, playback starts
automatically. Use the following
controls when viewing or listening:
Select to return to the web page
containing the streamed content.
Select or press Center to
pause playback.
Select or press Center to
resume playback after pausing.
A few seconds after playback begins,
the toolbar is hidden and you can view
the content on the full screen. Press
Up or Down to display the
toolbar; press Up or Down
again to hide the toolbar again.
Press the Volume button on the side
of your Centro to adjust the volume.
Copying text from a web page
You can copy text from a web page and
paste it into other applications.
1Use the stylus to highlight the text you
want to copy.
2Press Menu .
3Select Edit, and then select Copy.
4Go to the app in which you want to
paste the text, and position the cursor
where you want to paste the text.
TIP
You can also save an image from a web
page by tapping and holding it with the stylus.
TIP
When the web browser recognizes
streamed content that is not supported by any
of the applications on your Centro, it displays a
“Media type not supported” message.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER 127
6
CHAPTER
5Press Menu .
6Select Edit, and then select Paste.
Returning to recently viewed pages
The History list stores the addresses of the
last 100 pages you visited. Items in the
History list are sorted chronologically.
1In Page View, press Menu .
2Select History from the Page menu.
3Select the web page you want to load.
Finding text on a web page
1In Page View, press Menu .
2Select Find Text on Page from the
Page menu.
3Enter the text you want to find.
4Check or uncheck the Wrap Search box
to indicate whether you want the search
to wrap from the end of the page to the
beginning when the end is reached.
5Select Find to start the search.
Customizing your web browser settings
1In Page View, press Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
3Select Page and set any of the following
preferences:
Start With: Determines which view
appears when you open the browser.
Home Page: Sets the page that appears
when you select .
Restore Default: Selects the original
home page, if you changed it.
Show Address Bar: Sets whether the
web address appears in Page View.
When it is visible, you can select the
pick list to go to a previously viewed
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If the web browser does not
recognize a phone number as dialable, you
can copy the phone number (as text) and
paste it into the Dial Pad (see Dialing from a
web page or message).
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
WEB BROWSER
128
6
CHAPTER
page or enter a URL directly from Page
View.
4Select General and set any of the
following preferences:
Auto-complete: Determines whether
the web browser suggests text, based
on your previous entries, when you
begin entering info.
Disable cookies: Determines whether
websites can store personalized info on
your Centro. Some sites do not work
properly if you select this option.
Disable JavaScript: Bypasses
JavaScript elements on the web pages
you view.
Tap and Drag: Determines whether
dragging the stylus selects text or
scrolls through the contents of the
page.
Normal mode/Fast mode: Determines
whether a web page appears as
designed (Normal mode) or with some
of the items removed for faster display.
Selecting Fast mode gives you the
following options:
Disable cascading style sheets:
Determines whether style sheets are
applied when you load a web page.
When style sheets are disabled,
pages download faster, but you may
lose some of the formatting.
Don’t download images!
Determines whether images appear
when you load a web page. If you
select not to view images, you can
still see any image by selecting the
placeholder box on the web page.
KEY
TERM
Cascading Style Sheet (CSS)
A file that governs design elements of a web
page, such as its fonts, colors, and layout.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING YOUR COMPUTER TO THE INTERNET THROUGH YOUR CENTRO™ 129
6
CHAPTER
5Select Advanced and set any of the
following preferences:
Set memory limit for storing pages:
Sets the amount of memory used for
your cache. Pages are cached so that
they load faster the next time you view
them.
Cookies: Indicates how much memory
is being used by cookies. To free up this
memory, select Clear Cookies.
Cache: Indicates how much memory is
being used by your cache to store
recent pages and history. To free up this
memory, select Clear Cache.
Clear cache on exit: Determines
whether the cache clears each time you
exit the web browser.
Set Proxy: Sets up a proxy server to
access the Internet. If your connection
requires a proxy server, please contact
your Internet service provider or IT
administrator for this information.
6Select OK.
Connecting your
computer to the
Internet through
your Centro
Dial-up networking (DUN) is the feature
that converts your Centro into a modem so
that you can access the Internet from your
computer. If your computer is enabled with
Bluetooth wireless technology, you can set
up your Centro as a wireless modem using
the built-in Bluetooth technology.
TIP
Lots of pretty graphics slowing you down?
Browse the web faster by enabling the Don’t
download images! option.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING YOUR COMPUTER TO THE INTERNET THROUGH YOUR CENTRO™
130
6
CHAPTER
The following procedures describe the
process of setting up your Centro as a
wireless modem using the built-in
Bluetooth technology.
Creating a partnership between your
Centro and your computer
1Make sure that your computers
Bluetooth setting is on and that your
computer is ready to create a Bluetooth
partnership. Check the documentation
that came with your computer to find
and change these settings.
2On your Centro, press
Applications and select
Bluetooth .
3Select Bluetooth On if it is not already
selected, and then select Setup
Devices.
4Select Tru s t e d D e v i c e s .
5Select Add Device. The discovery icon
appears, indicating that the discovery
process is active.
6Select your computer from the Tr u s t e d
Devices list, and then select OK.
7Make up a passkey, enter it on the
Bluetooth Security screen, and then
select OK. The passkey can be up to
16 numbers.
NOTE You need this passkey in the next
step, so be sure to write it down exactly.
We recommend that you use a passkey of
16 numbers, where possible, to improve
the security of your Centro. The longer the
passkey, the more difficult it is for the
passkey to be deciphered.
8Enter the same passkey on your
computer when prompted.
TIP
If your computer is not enabled with
Bluetooth wireless technology, you need to
purchase a wireless Bluetooth adapter
accessory for your computer to use this
feature.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING YOUR COMPUTER TO THE INTERNET THROUGH YOUR CENTRO™ 131
6
CHAPTER
9Select Done, and then select Done
again to return to the Bluetooth screen.
Setting up your computer for a
Bluetooth® DUN connection
Follow the instructions from the
manufacturer of your Bluetooth adapter to
enable DUN.
Accessing the Internet using a Bluetooth
DUN connection
The steps for accessing the Internet on
your computer may vary depending on your
operating system and how Bluetooth
wireless technology is set up on your
computer—for example, if it is built-in
versus if you are using a Bluetooth adapter.
If you need additional info, check your
computer’s documentation for how to set
up Bluetooth technology to access the
Internet using a DUN connection.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN Verify that DUN is
enabled on your computer. See the
documentation that came with your
computer for details.
1Open the Bluetooth application on your
computer and let it locate the Centro
you paired it with in the previous
procedure.
2Double-click the icon or option
representing your Centro. Your
computer connects to your Centro and
shows that DUN services are available.
3Double-click the DUN icon.
4Enter your wireless service provider’s
settings. Contact your wireless service
provider if you don’t have these
settings.
5Click Dial. Once the connection is
successfully established, you can
browse the Internet on your computer
or download your email.
TIP
You may need to use a virtual private
network (VPN) to access corporate email.
Check with your system administrator for
more information.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICES
132
6
CHAPTER
6Look for a network connection icon in
the taskbar at the bottom of your
computer screen to verify that you are
connected.
NOTE When a DUN connection is active,
you cannot use data services on your
Centro. For example, you cannot browse
the Web, or send or receive email
messages. Also, any scheduled automatic
email retrievals do not take place.
Receiving or sending phone calls suspends
the DUN session. The session resumes
when the call is ended.
Terminating a Bluetooth DUN Internet
session
It is important to end a Bluetooth DUN
session after you finish using it. Ending the
DUN session lets you use the wireless
features of your Centro that require a data
connection, it frees up the Bluetooth
feature so that you can connect to other
Bluetooth devices, and it optimizes battery
life, too.
1On your computer, right-click the icon or
option representing your Centro.
2Click Disconnect.
Connecting with
Bluetooth devices
With the built-in Bluetooth wireless
technology on your Centro, you can
connect to a number of Bluetooth devices,
including a hands-free device such as a
headset or car kit, a printer, or a GPS
receiver, as well as to other Centro smart
devices and handhelds that are equipped
with Bluetooth wireless technology. If your
TIP
If you get a message asking whether you
want your computer to remember the dial text
for this connection, we recommend that you
select Ye s . This avoids errors and the
inconvenience of entering the dial text for
every session.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can check the status of the
connection by right-clicking the Bluetooth
network icon in the taskbar.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICES 133
6
CHAPTER
computer is enabled with Bluetooth
wireless technology, you can also
synchronize wirelessly or use your phone
to connect your computer to the Internet.
You can create a list of Bluetooth devices
that you trust to communicate with your
Centro. When communicating with trusted
devices, your Centro skips the discovery
process and creates a secure link as long
as the device is within range. Bluetooth
range is up to 30 feet depending on
environmental conditions, including
obstacles, radio interference from nearby
electronic equipment, and other factors.
When you configure a hands-free device,
as described previously in Connecting to a
Bluetooth® hands-free device, the
hands-free device automatically appears in
your Trusted Devices list. Follow the steps
in this section to add other devices to your
Trusted Devices list, such as a friend’s
handheld.
Requesting a connection with another
Bluetooth device
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth .
2Select Bluetooth On.
3(Optional) Enter a device name that
identifies your Centro when it is
discovered by other Bluetooth devices.
NOTE Use the same device name for all
your Bluetooth connections. If you change
the device name, you need to re-create any
partnerships you’ve already created.
4Select Setup Devices.
5Select Tru s t e d D e v i c e s .
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICES
134
6
CHAPTER
6Select Add Device. The Discovery icon
appears, indicating that the discovery
process is active.
7Select the Show pick list and select
Nearby devices.
8If the device you want to add doesn’t
appear on the Discovery Results list,
make sure that the other device is ready
to receive a connection request (see the
devices documentation), and then
select Find More on your Centro to
search again.
9Enter the same passkey on your Centro
and on the Bluetooth device, and select
OK.
IMPORTANT Some Bluetooth devices
have a predefined passkey. If your device
has a predefined passkey, you can find it in
the documentation for that device. Other
devices provide a screen where you enter
a passkey that you make up. In either case,
you must use the same passkey on both
your Centro and the other Bluetooth
device. We recommend that, where
possible, you make up a passkey of 16
alphanumeric characters (letters and
numerals only) to improve the security of
your Centro. The longer the passkey, the
more difficult it is for the passkey to be
deciphered.
10 Select Done.
Accepting a connection from another
Bluetooth device
TIP
For the Centro to be visible to Bluetooth
devices, the Bluetooth setting must be set to
On and visibility must be set to Visible or
Temporary.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICES 135
6
CHAPTER
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth .
2Select Bluetooth On.
3(Optional) Enter a device name that
identifies your Centro when it is
discovered by other Bluetooth devices.
NOTE Use the same device name for all
your Bluetooth connections. If you change
the device name, you need to re-create any
partnerships you’ve already created.
4Select the Visibility pick list and select
one of the following:
Visible: Enables Bluetooth devices that
are not on your Trusted Devices list to
request a connection with your Centro.
Your Centro remains accessible to other
devices until you turn this option off.
After you’ve finished using this setting,
remember to change it back to Hidden.
Temporary: Enables Bluetooth devices
that are not on your Trusted Devices list
to request a connection with your
Centro during the next two minutes.
Your Centro reverts to the Hidden
setting and becomes inaccessible to
other devices after two minutes.
Hidden: Allows only devices with which
you have previously formed a
partnership to request a connection
with your Centro. New devices cannot
request a connection.
5Enter the same passkey on your Centro
and on the Bluetooth device.
IMPORTANT Some Bluetooth devices,
such as headsets and GPS receivers, have
a predefined passkey. If your device has a
predefined passkey, you can find it in the
documentation for that device. Other
TIP
Use the Visible option only when you need
your Centro to be accessible for an extended
period of time. For short-term accessibility,
use the Temporary option.
YOUR CONNECTIONS TO THE WEB AND WIRELESS DEVICES
CONNECTING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICES
136
6
CHAPTER
devices provide a screen where you enter
a passkey that you make up. In either case,
you must use the same passkey on both
your Centro and the other Bluetooth
device. We recommend that, where
possible, you make up a passkey of 16
alphanumeric characters (letters and
numerals only) to improve the security of
your Centro. The longer the passkey, the
more difficult it is for the passkey to be
deciphered.
6(Optional) Check the Add to trusted
device list box if you want to form a
partnership with the requesting device.
7Select OK.
137
CHAPTER
7
Your photos, videos, and
music
Do you have a wallet bulging with photos of friends, family, pets,
and your most recent vacation?
Are you tired of carrying both your MP3 player and your phone?
Your Palm
®
Centro
smartphone solves both problems. You can
keep your favorite photos right on your Centro—videos, too. And
there’s no need to carry an expensive MP3 player; you can play
music on your Centro. Simply transfer songs onto your Centro or
an expansion card and then listen through your headphones (cards
and headphones sold separately).
Benefits
Never be far from your favorite
people, places, and songs
Organize your photos, videos, and
songs
No separate photo viewer, MP3, or
CD player required
In this chapter
Camera and Camcorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Pictures & Videos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Pocket Tunes™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
CAMERA AND CAMCORDER 139
7
CHAPTER
Camera and
Camcorder
Your Centro comes with an easy-to-use,
built-in, 1.3 Megapixel camera with 2x
digital zoom. You can use the camera to
take and view pictures and videos and
send them to your friends and family. To
add a personal touch to your Centro, use
your pictures as your wallpaper for the
Main tab in the Phone application and as
caller ID images.
In addition to taking pictures and videos,
you can receive and view pictures and
videos, send pictures and videos as email
attachments or multimedia messages
(MMS), and use pictures to personalize
your Centro (such as wallpaper or picture
caller ID; see Assigning a caller ID photo
for details). You can also move pictures and
videos to a computer by synchronizing your
Centro with your computer.
Taking a picture
You can store pictures on your Centro or on
an expansion card.
1Press Applications and select
Camera .
2By default, the Camera application
stores pictures you take in the PAL M
folder on your expansion card (if a card
is inserted). Otherwise, Camera stores
pictures in the PALM album on your
Centro. To store a picture in a different
location, select one of the following:
<Album name>: Stores the picture in
the selected album. The storage
location is based on the location of the
album (Centro or expansion card).
New Albums: Opens a dialog box
where you can enter an album name
and select the storage location (Centro
or expansion card).
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
CAMERA AND CAMCORDER
140
7
CHAPTER
3Find your subject in the screen on your
Centro (the lens is on the back of your
Centro).
4(Optional) To get a close-up of your
subject, press Up to select 2x. Press
Down to return to 1x.
5Press Center to capture the picture.
6Select any of the following icons:
Recording a video
You can store videos on your Centro or on
an expansion card.
TIP
The default camera resolution is SXGA
(1280 x 1024). VGA (640 x 480) and QVGA
(320 x 240) resolutions are also supported. To
view these settings before you take a picture,
press Menu.
Saves the picture in the location
you selected in step 2.
Deletes the picture.
Opens a dialog box where you
can select how you want to send
the picture: Messaging,
Bluetooth® wireless technology,
or Email. The receiving device
must support the method you
select.
Lets you add a voice caption.
TIP
To add an audio caption later, open the
picture and then select Audio Caption from
the Photo menu.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can personalize a picture.
Open the Photo menu, select Draw on, and
then use the drawing tools to add your own
personal touch. When you save the picture,
you can replace the original or save a copy.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
CAMERA AND CAMCORDER 141
7
CHAPTER
1Press Applications and select
Camcorder .
2By default, the Camcorder application
stores videos you record in the PALM
folder on your expansion card (if a card
is inserted). Otherwise, Camcorder
stores pictures in the PALM album on
your Centro. To store a video in a
different location, select one of the
following:
<Album name>: Stores the video in the
selected album. The storage location is
based on the location of the album
(Centro or expansion card).
New Albums: Opens a dialog box
where you can enter an album name
and select the storage location (Centro
or expansion card).
3Find your subject in the screen on your
Centro (the lens is on the back of your
Centro).
4Press Center to start recording.
5After you finish recording, press
Center again to stop.
6Select any of the following:
TIP
The video recording screen displays the
approximate recording time you have left
based on the space available on your Centro
or expansion card. Actual recording time may
vary depending on how fast you are moving,
how many colors you are recording, and so
on.
TIP
The default camcorder resolution is CIF
(352 x 288), and QCIF (176 x 144) is also
supported. To view these settings before you
capture a video, press Menu.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
CAMERA AND CAMCORDER
142
7
CHAPTER
Customizing your Camera settings
You can customize the built-in camera’s
settings for your Centro.
1Press Applications and select
Camera or Camcorder .
2Press Menu . If you are in Camera
View, the Photo Settings screen
appears. If you are in Camcorder View,
the Video Settings screen appears.
3Set any of the following preferences:
Effects: Sets the color palette for the
current picture or video. You cannot
change an item’s palette after you take
the picture or video.
Prompt sound: (Pictures only) Sets the
sound that plays before you take
the picture.
Shutter sound: Determines whether a
sound plays when you take a picture.
Plays the video, so you can
review it.
Saves the video in the location
you selected in step 2.
Deletes the video.
Opens a dialog box where you
can select how you want to send
the video: Messaging, Bluetooth,
or Email. The receiving device
must support the method you
select and video messages.
Opens a dialog box where you
can adjust the volume during
playback.
TIP
During playback, tap and drag the
progress indicator bar to jump to a different
section of the video. Select Pause to pause
video playback.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
PICTURES & VIDEOS 143
7
CHAPTER
Microphone: (Videos only) Turns the
microphone on and off so that you can
record videos with or without sound.
Resolution: Sets the default size for
newly captured pictures or videos.
Date stamp: (Pictures only) Determines
whether the date the picture is taken
appears on your pictures.
Review photos/videos: Determines
whether you can review pictures or
videos before saving them and how
quickly they are automatically saved.
Auto naming: Assigns a name to a
series of pictures to be captured, such
as Seattle001, Seattle002, and so on.
4Select Done.
Pictures & Videos
Viewing a picture
In addition to viewing the pictures you
capture with the built-in camera, you can
view pictures captured on many popular
digital cameras or downloaded from the
Internet. Your Centro supports the
following picture formats:
JPG
TIF
BMP
GIF
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
PICTURES & VIDEOS
144
7
CHAPTER
1Press Applications and select
Pics&Videos .
2Select the album that contains the
picture you want to see.
3Select the picture you want to view.
4Press Right or Left to scroll to the
next item in the album.
5If the picture has a voice caption, select
to hear it.
6Tap the picture or press Center to
return to Thumbnail View.
Viewing a video
In addition to viewing the videos you
capture with the built-in camcorder, you
can view videos captured on many popular
digital cameras. You can also play the audio
portion of multimedia files. Your Centro
supports the following types of video files:
3GP (with H.263 video and AMR audio)
3G2 (with MPEG-4 video and QCELP
audio)
MP4 (with MPEG-4/H.264 video and
MP3/AAC/AAC+ audio)
MPG (with MPEG-1 video and MPEG-1
audio)
M4V (with MPEG-4/H.264 video and
MP3/AAC/AAC+ audio)
ASF (with MPEG-4 video and
IMA-ADPCM audio)
AVI (with MJPEG video and PCM audio)
1Press Applications and select
Pics&Videos .
2Select the album that contains the video
you want to see.
3Select the video you want to view.
Playback begins automatically.
TIP
To view an album from an expansion card,
insert the card and select the album from the
Album list. If the items on the card are not
grouped into albums, select the card name
from the list.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
To see the outer edges of a
picture that may not be visible, use the stylus
to tap and drag the picture in any direction.
TIP
In Thumbnail View, you can group photos
or videos to more easily locate them. Select
one of the grouping options from the View
menu.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
PICTURES & VIDEOS 145
7
CHAPTER
4Hold down Right or Left to seek
within the current video, or press Right
or Left to scroll to the next item in
the album.
5Press Center to return to Thumbnail
View.
Viewing a slide show
1Press Applications and select
Pics&Videos .
2Select the album you want to view.
3Press Menu , select Options, and
then select Auto-hide Toolbar Off if
you want to see the toolbar.
4Press Space to start the slide
show.
5Press Center to return to the
previous view.
Sending pictures or videos
You can send pictures or videos to an
email address or to other devices that
support picture and video messaging.
1From the Album list, select the album
that contains the picture(s) or video(s)
you want to send.
2Select Send .
3Select the pictures or videos to send, or
select Select All to send the entire
album. (A plus sign [+] appears next to
selected items.)
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you pause video playback
and then close the video, the video starts
where you left off the next time you play it.
TIP
To set slide show options such as
background music and transitions, open the
Options menu and select Slideshow
Setting. Keep in mind that background music
overrides audio captions when you’re running
a slide show. Background music for a slide
show also overrides any music that might be
playing using the Pocket Tunes application on
your Centro.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You cannot send copyrighted
pictures or videos that appear with a Lock icon
in Thumbnail View or in the Picture list.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
PICTURES & VIDEOS
146
7
CHAPTER
4Select Send.
5Select how you want to send the
picture or video: Messaging,
Bluetooth, or Email.
Copying a picture or video
You can copy pictures or videos into
another album. You can also copy pictures
and videos between your Centro and an
expansion card.
1From the Album list, select the album
that contains the picture(s) or video(s)
you want to copy.
2Press Menu .
3Select Copy to from the Photo (or
Video) menu.
4Select the pictures or videos to copy, or
select Select All to copy the entire
album. (A + appears next to selected
items.)
5Select Copy.
6Select the Copy items to pick list and
select whether you want to copy the
selected items to your device or to an
expansion card.
7Select the Into album pick list and
select the album you want to copy the
selected items to.
8Select Copy.
TIP
You can also move pictures and videos
between albums. Open the Photo (or Video)
menu and select Move to. The remaining
steps are the same as those for copying
pictures, but use the Move commands
instead of the Copy commands.
Indicates that
a picture is
selected
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
PICTURES & VIDEOS 147
7
CHAPTER
Organizing pictures and videos
1Open the album you want to organize.
2Press Menu .
3Select Album, and then select Add to
album or Remove from album.
4Select the pictures or videos to add or
remove, or select Select All to add or
remove the entire album. (A plus sign
indicates that you want to add the item.
An X indicates that you want to remove
the item.)
5Select Add or Remove.
Saving a picture as wallpaper
You can select a picture to use as wallpaper
for the Main tab in the Phone application.
1Display the picture you want to save as
wallpaper.
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Save
as Wallpaper.
4When the confirmation message
appears, confirm by selecting Ye s , or
decline by selecting No.
Adding a picture to a contact entry
1Display the picture you want to add to a
contact.
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Save
as Contact.
4Select the contact you want to add this
picture to.
Rotating a picture
1Display the picture you want to rotate.
2Press Menu .
3Select Rotate from the Photo menu.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can also open the Album
list from Camera View or Camcorder View by
selecting the icon in the lower-left corner.
TIP
Install the Palm® Files application from the
Palm Software Installation CD to easily
browse and manage files on an expansion
card.
TIP
To change the name, add a caption, or
view other picture or video information,
highlight (or open) the item, open the Photo
(or Video) menu, and select Details.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™
148
7
CHAPTER
4Select the orientation.
Deleting a picture or video
1Open the album that contains the
picture(s) or video(s) you want to delete.
2Press Menu .
3Select Delete from the Photo (or
Video) menu.
4Select the pictures or videos that you
want to delete, or select Select All to
delete the entire album. (An X appears
next to selected items.)
5Select Delete.
6Select Delete to confirm the deletion.
Viewing pictures and videos on your
computer
When you synchronize your Centro, your
pictures and videos are copied to your
desktop computer. You can view pictures in
JPG format and videos in MPEG-4 format
(3G2 file extension). You can email them to
friends using your desktop email
application.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN To use your
computer to view and edit videos you
captured on your Centro, you must first
install QuickTime from the Palm Software
Installation CD.
On a Windows computer, you can view
and edit synchronized pictures and videos
in the Palm Media desktop application.
Open Palm®Desktop software and click
the Media icon. You can refer to the
Palm Desktop Online Help for information
about using the Palm Media desktop
application.
Pocket Tunes
You can listen to music through the
speaker on the back of your Centro or
through a stereo headset or headphones
(stereo headphone adapter or 2.5mm
stereo headphone or headset required,
sold separately). To listen to music on your
Centro, you need to convert the music files
into MP3 format using Windows Media
TIP
You can also highlight a picture or video in
Thumbnail View, and then press Backspace to
delete the highlighted item.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™ 149
7
CHAPTER
Player (Windows computers) or iTunes
(Mac computers), and then transfer the
music files to your Centro or an expansion
card. After you transfer the music files, you
can play them using Pocket Tunes™ on
your Centro.
Setting up Windows Media Player for
MP3
On a Windows computer, you need to set
Windows Media Player to save your music
files in MP3 format in order for the files to
be compatible with Pocket Tunes.
1Connect your Centro to your computer
with the sync cable.
2Press Applications and select
pTunes .
3On your computer, open Windows
Media Player, and then click the
full-screen icon in the upper-right
corner to maximize the window.
4Click To o l s , and then click Options.
5Click the Rip Music tab, click the
Format pick list, and then select mp3.
Click OK.
6Click To o l s , and then click Options.
7Click the Devices tab, select Palm
Device from the Devices list, and then
click Properties.
8Click the Quality tab, uncheck the
Convert files as required by this
handheld (recommended) box. Click
Apply.
9Click OK.
You have now set up Windows Media
Player to transfer MP3 files to the Pocket
Tunes application on your Centro.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If a call comes in when you’re
listening to music, you can take the call and
the music pauses automatically. After you
finish the call, the music starts again.
Select your
Centro
Click
Properties
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™
150
7
CHAPTER
Setting up iTunes for MP3
On a Mac, use iTunes (included with OS X)
to convert music from a CD to MP3 format.
For more information on using the iTunes
software, see the documentation that
came with your Mac.
1On your Mac, open iTunes.
2Select Preferences.
3Click the Advanced button at the top of
the window, and then click Importing.
4Click the Import Using pop-up menu
and select MP3 Encoder.
5Click the Setting pop-up menu and
select Good Quality.
Transferring music files from your
computer
If your MP3 files are already on your
computer’s hard drive, you just need to
transfer them onto your Centro to listen to
them with Pocket Tunes.
If an expansion card is inserted into the
Centro, Windows Media Player copies the
MP3 files to the expansion card. If you
don’t have an expansion card inserted, the
MP3 files are copied to your Centro.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN On a Mac, you need
a microSD expansion card (sold separately)
to listen to music on your Centro. You
cannot transfer MP3 files from your Mac
directly onto your Centro.
1Connect your Centro to your computer
with the USB sync cable.
2On your Centro, press
Applications and select
pTunes .
3If you are transferring MP3 files from a
Mac, insert an expansion card into your
Centro. This step is optional for
Windows users.
4Do one of the following:
Windows: Open Windows Media
Player on your computer. Select the
Sync tab, and then select your Palm
Device from the drop-down list, and
select Start Sync.The files are
transferred to your Centro.
TIP
Mac If you want greater control over the
file size and sound quality of your MP3 files,
select Custom from the Setting pop-up
menu.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™ 151
7
CHAPTER
NOTE Do not press the sync button on
your cable. Windows Media Player
transfers the files, so there’s no need to do
anything.
Mac: Drag and drop the MP3 files onto
the Send To Handheld droplet in the
Palm folder. Select your device name,
the file name, and the destination (card).
Click OK. Synchronize your Centro with
your computer. Be patient; transferring
music to an expansion card can take
several minutes.
Transferring music from a CD to your
Centro
If your songs are on a CD and you want to
listen to them on your Centro, you need to
convert them to MP3 format on your
computer before you transfer the files to
your Centro.
WINDOWS ONLY
1On your computer, open Windows
Media Player.
2Insert the music CD into your
computers CD drive.
3Select the Rip tab.
4Select the tracks you want to convert to
MP3.
5Select Rip Music.
6Transfer files to your Centro as
described in Transferring music files
from your computer.
MAC ONLY
1On your Mac, open iTunes.
2Insert the music CD into the CD drive
on your Mac.
TIP
You can also use a card reader accessory
(sold separately) to transfer music files from
your computer to your expansion card. Create
a Music_Audio folder in the root directory of
the card, and store your music files in this
folder.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™
152
7
CHAPTER
3Check the boxes next to the tracks you
want to convert to MP3.
4Click the Import button in the
upper-right corner of the iTunes window.
5When the songs have been imported,
click the Eject Disk button in the
lower-right corner of the iTunes window.
6Transfer the files to your Centro as
described in Transferring music files
from your computer.
Listening to music on your Centro
CAUTION Protect your hearing. Listening
to this device at full volume for a long
period of time can damage your hearing.
1Make sure the Ringer switch is set to
Sound On. See Silencing sounds for
more information.
2Press Applications and select
pTunes .
3Use the 5-way to access any of
the following icons:
Play: Plays or resumes playback of
the current song.
Next song: Plays the next song.
Previous song: Plays the previous
song.
Choose song: Displays a list of
songs to choose from.
Pause: Pauses playback.
NOTE To adjust the volume during
playback, press the Volume button on the
side of your Centro.
TIP
You can change the settings on your
Centro so that pressing and holding the Side
button opens Pocket Tunes. See Reassigning
buttons for details.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can also press Space to
pause and resume playback, as well as use
the 5-way to navigate among songs or pause
and resume playback.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™ 153
7
CHAPTER
Pocket Tunes continues playing until it
reaches the end of your list or until you
select Pause . Music continues to play
even if you switch to another application or
turn off your screen. If you want to stop
playing music when you exit Pocket Tunes
Deluxe, open the Background Prefs menu
and uncheck the Enable background play
box, and then select OK.
Creating a playlist
If you want to play a group of songs in a
particular order, you can create a playlist.
1Press Applications and select
pTunes .
2Press Menu .
3Select Actions, and then select
Manage Playlists.
4Select New, and then enter a name for
the playlist.
5Select Add Song. Select the songs you
want to include on the playlist.
6Select Save List.
Editing a playlist
1Press Applications and select
pTunes .
2Press Menu .
Previous
song Next
song
Volume
Choose
song
Progress
indicator Play/Pause
TIP
To play songs from a playlist, open Pocket
Tunes, select Choose Songs, and then select
Playlists. Select the playlist you want to play,
and then select All.
YOUR PHOTOS, VIDEOS, AND MUSIC
POCKET TUNES™
154
7
CHAPTER
3Select Actions, and then select
Manage Playlists.
4Highlight a playlist, and then select Edit.
5Do any of the following:
To delete a song from the playlist,
select the song and then select
Remove.
To add a song, select Add Song,
select the songs you want to add, and
then select OK.
To move a song up or down one slot,
select a song and then select Up or
Down.
6Select Save List.
TIP
To delete a playlist, select Manage
Playlists from the Actions menu, select the
playlist, and then select Delete. Select Ye s to
confirm the deletion.
155
CHAPTER
8
Your personal information
organizer
Say good-bye to paper calendars and throw away those
scribbled to-do lists. Your Palm®Centro smartphone is all you
need to organize your personal information and keep it with you
wherever you go.
You never lose your information, even if your battery is
completely drained. All your personal info is backed up each
time you synchronize, and your info is kept private when you
use the security features on your Centro. Also, you can easily
share info with others electronically.
Benefits
Track current, future, and past
appointments
Make to-do lists that get done
Set reminders for appointments,
birthdays, important tasks, and
more
Before you call your friend in
London, check the time
In this chapter
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
World Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR 157
8
CHAPTER
Calendar
Calendar is a powerful organizer application
that helps you manage your schedule. You
can view your calendar by day, week, or
month, or as an agenda list that combines
your Tasks list and email notifications with
your appointments. Schedule repeating
meetings or a block of vacation time by
creating an event that repeats at an interval
you specify. Color-code your appointments
by category and add notes with helpful
information.
Displaying your calendar
Press Calendar repeatedly to cycle
through the various views:
Agenda View: Shows your daily schedule,
the number of unread email messages,
and any items on your Tasks list that are
overdue or due today. If theres room,
Agenda View also lists events on future
dates.
Day View: Shows your daily schedule one
day at a time.
Week View: Shows your schedule for an
entire week. The time frames are based on
the Start Time and End Time settings in
Calendar Preferences.
Month View: Shows your schedule for a
whole month.
In most Calendar views, you can do the
following:
Open the Options menu and select
Year View to view a calendar for an
entire year.
Use the 5-way to go to another
day, week, month, or year—based on
the current view. (Not available in
Agenda View.)
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If your company uses
Microsoft Exchange Server 2003, you may be
able to wirelessly synchronize Calendar
events directly with the server. See Working
with Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync® for
information.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR
158
8
CHAPTER
Select Go To, and then select a date
from the calendar. (Not available in
Agenda View.)
Creating an event
1Press Calendar until Day View
appears.
2Select Go To and then select the
desired day.
3Select New.
4Using the keyboard, enter a starting
hour and minute for the event, such as
545 for 5:45.
5Select the End Time box and enter the
ending hour and minute for the event.
6To assign a time zone to the event,
select the Time Zone pick list and
select a city in the time zone you want.
7Select OK.
8Enter a description for the event.
IMPORTANT If you use Palm Desktop
software, do not add time zones to your
events. Palm Desktop does not support
time zones.
If you use Microsoft Outlook, you can use
the time zone feature, but you must install
the conduit that came with your Centro (or
a subsequent update) on all the computers
with which you sync your Centro. Chapura
PocketMirror and other earlier Microsoft
Outlook conduits do not support time
zones.
TIP
If you have several appointments to enter,
it’s more efficient to use Palm®Desktop
software or Microsoft Outlook on your
computer and then synchronize your Centro
with your computer. For more information,
see Synchronizing information—the basics.
Selected
day
Selected
date
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR 159
8
CHAPTER
Adding an alarm to an event
1In Calendar, select the event.
2Select Details.
3Check the Alarm box and select the
number of minutes, hours, or days
before the event you would like to
receive the alarm.
4Select OK.
Creating an untimed event
An untimed event, such as a holiday or
deadline, does not occur at a particular
time.
1Press Calendar until you are in
Day View.
2Press Left or Right to go to the
date of the event.
3Make sure no times are highlighted.
TIP
To automatically assign a time zone to your
events, open the Options menu, select
Preferences, and check the New events use
time zones box. All your new events will be
assigned to your local time zone (existing
events aren’t affected), and you can change
the time zone setting for individual events.
TIP
If you want your events with time zones to
stay at the same time in Calendar, regardless
of the time zone you are in, go to Date & Time
Preferences, select the Automatically set
pick list, and select Date and time. If you
select Date, time and time zone, the event
time shifts if you travel to a different time
zone. See Setting the date and time for
information.
TIP
The alarm for untimed events is defined by
minutes, days, or hours before midnight of the
date of the event.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
When an alarm occurs, the
Alert dialog box displays all your pending
alerts. Select an alert description to jump to
that item, or check the box to clear that alert.
Type of time
units
Number of
time units
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR
160
8
CHAPTER
4Enter a description for the event.
A diamond appears next to the
description of an untimed event.
Scheduling a repeating event
1Create an event, and then select it.
2Select Details.
3Select the Repeat pick list, and then
select a repeat interval. If the interval
you need doesn’t appear on the list,
select Other to define a custom
interval.
4Select OK.
TIP
To enter a birthday or anniversary, add this
info to the persons Contacts entry and it
automatically appears in your Calendar.
TIP
To enter a holiday, create an untimed
event. Then, from the Details screen, select
Every year as the repeat interval.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you sync with Microsoft
Outlook and your events include other people,
a With field appears in the Details dialog box
and your attendee info appears in this field
after you sync.
Repeating
event
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR 161
8
CHAPTER
Color-coding your schedule
Use color-coding to quickly spot various
types of events. For example, make
appointments with family green,
co-workers blue, and friends red. Follow
these steps to create a category and
assign it a color code.
1In Day View, select an event description
or select an empty time slot.
2Select Details.
3Select the Category pick list and select
Edit Categories.
4Do one of the following:
To create a new category, select New
and then enter a category name.
To add a color to an existing category,
select a category and select Edit.
5Select the color you want to give this
category, and then select OK.
6(Optional) Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add
or edit more categories.
7Select OK two more times.
Now that the categories are set up with
colors, you can assign categories to your
events to color-code them. See the next
section for details.
Changing or deleting an event
1Select the event you want to edit or
delete.
2Select Details.
3In addition to the settings covered
earlier in this chapter, you can also
change any of the following settings:
Date and Time: Displays when the
event takes place. Change these
settings to reschedule the event.
Location: Provides a description of
where the event takes place.
Category: Sets the color-coded
category for this event.
Note : Provides space for you to
enter additional text.
Delete: Removes the event from your
calendar.
4Select OK.
TIP
To save memory, you can purge your old
events. Open the Record menu and select
Purge. Select the Delete events older than
pick list and select a time frame. Select OK.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR
162
8
CHAPTER
Customizing display options for your
calendar
1Press Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Display Options.
3Select the Default View pick list and
select the view you want to see when
you open Calendar.
4Select Agenda and set any of the
following options:
Show Due Tasks: The tasks that are
due today and the tasks that are
overdue appear in Agenda View.
Show Messages: The number of read
and unread email messages is displayed
in Agenda View.
Background: A favorite photo becomes
the Agenda View background. Check
the Background box, select the image
placeholder, and then select a photo.
Adjust the fade setting so that the text
is easy to read against the photo.
5Select Day and set any of the following
options:
Show Category List: The Category pick
list appears in Day View.
Show Time Bars: The time bars appear
in Day View to show the duration of an
event and to illustrate event conflicts.
Compress Day View: When this box is
unchecked, all time slots appear on the
screen. When this box is checked, start
and end times appear for each event,
but blank time slots near the bottom of
the screen disappear to minimize
scrolling.
Show Category Column: The
color-coded category marker appears
between the time and the description to
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
CALENDAR 163
8
CHAPTER
indicate under which category the event
is filed.
6Select Month and set any of the
following options:
Show Category List: The Category pick
list appears in Month View.
Timed Events: The events that are
scheduled for a specific time appear in
Month View.
Untimed Events: The events that are
scheduled for a specific date but not a
specific time appear in Month View.
Daily Repeating Events: The events
that repeat every day appear in Month
View.
7Select OK.
Selecting alarm tones
1Press Menu .
2Select Options, and then select Sound
Preferences.
3Select the Application pick list and
select Calendar.
4Select the Volume pick list and select
the volume level.
TIP
You can customize your Centro to display
the most current Calendar event in the Main
tab in the Phone application. Press Phone,
open the Options menu, and then select
Phone Display Options. Check the Show
Calendar event box.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
WORLD CLOCK
164
8
CHAPTER
5Select the Vibrate pick list and select
when you want your Centro to vibrate
for an event alarm.
6Select tones from any of the following
pick lists:
Alarm Sound: The tone that plays the
first time your alarm goes off.
Reminder Sound: The tone that plays if
an alarm is not acknowledged and
the alarm repeats itself.
Repeat: The number of times the alarm
repeats itself if the alarm is not
acknowledged.
Default Alarm: A default amount of
time before the event for which the
alarm goes off.
7Select Done.
World Clock
World Clock displays the day and time in
three cities anywhere around the globe.
Whether you’re traveling or staying home,
it’s easy to keep track of the best time to
reach your business associates, friends,
and family in faraway places.
TIP
You can also record sounds and use them
as alarms. Select Manage on the Sound &
Alerts Preferences screen.
To record a sound, select New.
To play a sound, select it and press Center
on the 5-way.
To delete a sound, select it and press
Backspace.
To send a sound, select it and then select
Send.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Your Centro includes a silent
alarm that can vibrate even when the Ringer
switch is set to Sound Off.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
WORLD CLOCK 165
8
CHAPTER
Selecting cities
World Clock shows the system date and
time above the world map. If you selected
the option to get the date and time from
the mobile network (see Setting the date
and time), your network automatically
updates the time display to match the local
time when you travel.
Below the world map, you can view the
time in two other cities.
1Press Applications and select
World Clock .
2Select a City pick list, and select a city
in the same time zone.
Adding cities
If the city you want to display is not in the
predefined list, you can add it.
1Select a City pick list and select Edit
List.
2Select Add.
3Select a location in the same time zone
as the city you want to add, and then
select OK.
TIP
If you did not select the option to get the
date and time from the mobile network, you
can set the city at the top of the screen to a
fixed location.
TIP
If you travel a lot, you may want to select
your home city as one of these two cities, so
that you always know what time it is at home.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can run your stylus over
the map to see the time in other cities. The
shadow over the map represents nighttime
moving across the globe.
TIP
World Clock does not automatically update
the system time for daylight-saving time. To
change the Daylight Savings Time setting, see
Setting the date and time.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
TASKS
166
8
CHAPTER
4Enter the name of the city.
5Select Location, select Map, select the
location of the city, and then select OK.
6If the city is not on daylight-saving time,
uncheck this box. If daylight-saving time
is observed, enter Start and End dates.
7Select OK, and then select Done.
Setting an alarm
The next time you travel, don’t rely on a
hotel alarm clock to get you to that
important meeting. Use your Centro
instead. World Clock includes a built-in
alarm feature that you can use as a travel
alarm.
1Select Off in the upper-right corner.
2Select the time you want the alarm to
sound.
3Select OK.
Tasks
You can use Tasks to remind you of tasks
you need to complete and to keep a record
of when you finish tasks.
Adding a task
1Press Applications and select
Ta s k s .
2Select New to create a new task.
3Enter a description of the task. The text
can be longer than one line.
Setting task priority, due date, and other
details
The Details dialog box enables you to
assign a priority level, due date, category,
privacy flag, and other details for each task.
TIP
To customize the alarm sound and volume,
open the Options menu and select Alarm
Preferences.
TIP
Make sure the Ringer switch is set to
Sound On, so that you can hear the alarm.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
TASKS 167
8
CHAPTER
1Select the task to which you want to
assign details.
2Select Details.
3Set any of the following:
Priority: Select the priority number for
this task (1 is the most important). Later
you can arrange your tasks based on the
importance of each task.
Category: Assign the task to a specific
category.
Due Date: Select the Due Date pick list
and select a due date for the task.
Alarm: Set an alarm for this task.
Repeat: Indicate whether the task
occurs at regular intervals and how
often it repeats. When you check off a
repeating task, the next instance of this
task automatically appears in your task
list.
Private: Check this box to mark this
task private. See Working with private
entries for additional information.
: Select this button to enter
additional text that you want to
associate with the task.
4Select OK.
Checking off a task
1Select the task you want to check off.
2Press Center or tap in the box to
check off the task.
TIP
You can also select the priority from the
Tasks list by selecting the number next to a
task and then selecting a priority level.
TIP
If you turn on the Show Due Dates option
in the Tasks Preferences screen, you can
select the due date in the Tasks list to set a
new date.
TIP
Press Menu to access other features such
as importing phone numbers into the Tasks
list.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
TASKS
168
8
CHAPTER
Organizing your tasks
In the Tasks list, select one of these
options:
All: Displays all your tasks.
Date: Displays tasks that are due in a
specific time frame. With Date selected,
press Down to select the pick list, and
then press Center to see the various
options: Due Today, Last 7 Days, Next 7
Days, or Past Due.
Category: Displays tasks that are assigned
to the selected category. Select the
Category pick list to select a different
category.
TIP
If you accidentally check off a task and
need to uncheck it, highlight the task again
and press Center on the 5-way to uncheck it.
TIP
You can set Tasks to record the date that
you completed a task, and you can select to
show or hide completed tasks. Completed
tasks remain in the memory of your Centro
until you purge them.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Overdue tasks have an
exclamation point (!) next to the due date.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
TASKS 169
8
CHAPTER
Deleting a task
1Select the task you want to delete.
2Press Menu .
3Select Delete Task from the Record
menu.
4Select OK.
Customizing Tasks
The Tasks Preferences screen enables you
to control the appearance of the Tasks list
screen.
1In the Tasks list screen, press
Menu .
2Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
3Set any of the following preferences:
Sort by: Indicates the order in which
your tasks appear in the list.
Show Completed Tasks: Displays
tasks you’ve checked off.
Record Completion Date: Replaces
the due date with the completion date
when you complete (check off) the task.
Show Due Dates: Displays task due
dates and inserts an exclamation point
(!) next to overdue tasks.
Show Priorities: Displays the priority
setting for each task.
Show Categories: Displays the
category for each task.
Alarm Sound: Sets the sound for the
alarms you assign to your tasks.
4Select OK.
TIP
To save memory, you can purge all
completed tasks. Open the Record menu and
select Purge. Select OK.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can display your tasks in
your calendar. See Customizing display
options for your calendar for details.
YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION ORGANIZER
TASKS
170
8
CHAPTER
171
CHAPTER
9
Your memos and documents
With its ability to store large amounts of important information,
your Palm®Centro smartphone lets you take your office with
you—including your Microsoft Office and PDF files. You can
keep updated copies of the files on both your Centro and your
computer so that you can work on them in the most convenient
location any time.
Leave your note pad and voice recorder at home. Use Memos to
type notes. Use Voice Memo to record notes, agenda items, and
other important thoughts, and play them back, right on your Centro.
You can even send your notes and voice memos to a friend or
colleague by attaching them to an email or multimedia message.
Benefits
Manage Word, Excel®, PowerPoint,
and PDF files on your Centro
Improve productivity by taking
important docs, spreadsheets, and
presentations with you
Capture thoughts on the fly
In this chapter
Documents To Go® Professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Memos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Voice Memo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
YOUR MEMOS AND DOCUMENTS
DOCUMENTS TO GO® PROFESSIONAL 173
9
CHAPTER
Documents To Go®
Professional
NOTE The Palm Software Installation CD
includes the Documents To Go® desktop
software. On your Centro, the companion
for Documents To Go is named Documents
and it’s already installed on your Centro.
With the Documents application, you can
take your important office info with you.
You can carry, create, view, and edit
Microsoft Word and Excel files directly on
your Centro. You can also view, carry, and
manage PowerPoint and PDF files. For
example, you can open email attachments,
files you download with the web browser,
and files stored on an expansion card—as
long as the files are in a supported format.
NOTE The version of Documents To Go
that comes with your Centro supports
viewing of Microsoft Office 2007
documents. To edit Office 2007 files on
your Centro, you must save the files in
Office 2003 format. For information about
an upgrade that supports Office 2007, go to
dataviz.com/office2007 (additional fees
may apply).
If you install the Documents To Go desktop
software (from the Palm Software
Installation CD), you can use Documents
To Go to transfer files from your computer
to your Centro when you synchronize.
Here are a few more examples of what you
can do with Documents:
Send and receive email attachments in
Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and Acrobat
file formats (DOC, XLS, PPT, and PDF).
View Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and
Acrobat files (DOC, XLS, PPT, and PDF).
Create or edit a Word-compatible
document or Excel-compatible
spreadsheet on your Centro, and then
save it in the native DOC or XLS format.
Create a PowerPoint presentation on
your computer, use the Documents To
Go desktop application to optimize the
file for your Centro, and then sync the
file onto your Centro to view it on the
go.
YOUR MEMOS AND DOCUMENTS
MEMOS
174
9
CHAPTER
NOTE The Documents application does
not support some editing functions, such
as multiple font sizes and spell checking.
Opening a document
In the Documents application, you can
view and open any Word, Excel,
PowerPoint, or Acrobat (PDF) file on your
Centro or on an expansion card that is
inserted into the expansion slot.
1Press Applications and select
Documents .
2Select the document you want from the
list.
Memos
Memos are a great way to store notes on
your Centro.
TIP
For more info on the Documents
application on your Centro, go to dataviz.com.
If you installed the desktop application from
the Palm Software Installation CD, you can
also click the Documents To Go icon on your
computer, and then click Help.
TIP
Install the Files application from the Palm
Software Installation CD to easily browse and
manage files on an expansion card.
TIP
When you work on a file on your Centro,
you can save it to your Centro or to an
expansion card. Open the File menu, select
Save As, and then select the location where
you want to save the file.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Each memo can include 4,096
characters of text.
YOUR MEMOS AND DOCUMENTS
VOICE MEMO 175
9
CHAPTER
Creating a memo
1Press Applications and select
Memos .
2Enter the text you want to appear in the
memo.
3Select Done.
Deleting a memo
1Open the memo you want to delete.
2Press Menu .
3Select Delete Memo from the Record
menu.
4Select OK.
Voice Memo
Voice Memo provides a place for you to
record and play back notes and other
important thoughts directly on your Centro.
Creating a voice memo
When recording a voice memo, hold your
Centro with the screen facing you while
you’re speaking.
1Press and hold the Side button on your
Centro while recording your memo.
After you finish recording, release the
Side button.
The memo is automatically saved to
your Centro.
2(Optional) Enter a title for the memo.
TIP
You can assign categories to your memos.
Open the memo you want to change, select
the category pick list at the top of the screen,
and select a category.
YOUR MEMOS AND DOCUMENTS
VOICE MEMO
176
9
CHAPTER
Listening to a voice memo
1Press Applications and select
Voice Memo .
2In the Voice Memo list, navigate to the
voice memo title and then press
Center to select it. The voice memo
begins to play.
3Press Center to pause or stop
playback.
TIP
You can also access Voice Memo by
pressing Applications and selecting Voice
Memo.
TIP
If you need to pause while recording,
press and hold Center on the 5-way. Release
the button to resume recording.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can use a voice memo as
a ringtone. Highlight the voice memo in the
list, open the Voice Memo menu, and then
select Copy to Ringtone.
TIP
To adjust the volume level, press the
Volume button on the side of your Centro.
TIP
To change a voice memo title, open the
Voice Memo menu and select Rename
Memo.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can send a voice memo in
an email or MMS message (see the
documentation for your email application, or
Creating and sending a multimedia message).
You can also use Bluetooth® wireless
technology to send a voice memo to a nearby
Bluetooth device (see Sending info over a
Bluetooth wireless connection).
177
CHAPTER
10
Your application and
info management tools
Synchronization is a great way to transfer, update, and back up
info on your Palm®Centro smartphone. Synchronizing simply
means that info you entered or updated in one place (your
Centro or your computer) is automatically updated in the other.
There’s no need to enter info twice.
Expansion cards (sold separately) provide a compact and
limitless storage solution. When one card becomes full, simply
use another card to carry your extra music and video clips and
to install and run games and other software, from dictionaries
to travel guides.
Benefits
Locate info in your applications
with the Find feature
Install applications, games, and
other software
Quickly enter, update, and protect
your info on your computer and
your Centro
Store, carry, and exchange info
In this chapter
Using Find . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Viewing and using the alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Installing applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Removing applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Viewing application info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Sending information with Bluetooth® wireless technology. . . . . . . 186
Beaming information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Synchronizing information—advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Using expansion cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING FIND 179
10
CHAPTER
Using Find
The Find feature locates any text in the
built-in applications and databases and
in some third-party applications. The Find
feature searches for the group of
characters you specify, including characters
that are part of a word. Find is not
case-sensitive.
1Press Option , and then press Shift/
Find to open the Find dialog box.
2Enter the text you want to find.
3Select OK to start the search.
4In the search results, select the text you
want to review, or select Find More to
continue the search.
Viewing and using
the alerts
The Alert dialog box on your Centro shows
info about incoming items, such as new
messages and Calendar events. An alert
also notifies you when you miss a phone
call.
To view the Alert dialog box, tap the
blinking bell with your stylus when it
appears in the upper-left corner of any
screen, or press and hold Center when
the blinking bell appears.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Find locates any word that
begins with the text you enter. For example,
entering “plane” finds “planet” but not
“airplane.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
CALCULATOR
180
10
CHAPTER
In the Alert dialog box, you can do any of
the following:
Check the box next to the alert to
remove it from the list.
Select the alert to open the
corresponding application and view the
alert item (message, event, missed call,
and so on).
Select Done to close the Alert dialog
box. The alert remains active and the
bell continues to blink in the upper-left
corner of the screen.
Select Clear All to delete all alerts in
the Alert dialog box.
Calculator
Calculator includes a basic calculator, plus
an advanced calculator with scientific,
financial, and conversion functions.
Switching between Basic and Advanced
Calculator Modes
1Press Applications and select
Calc .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select
Advanced Mode or Basic Mode.
TIP
In Basic Mode, you can also press Right
on the 5-way to switch to Advanced Mode. In
Advanced Mode, press Right on the 5-way to
cycle between functions, and press Left on
the 5-way to return to Basic Mode.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can tap the onscreen
number pad or use the keyboard to input
numbers.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
CALCULATOR 181
10
CHAPTER
Selecting functions in Advanced
Calculator Mode
1Switch to Advanced Mode (see the
preceding procedure).
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select the
type of function you want to use:
Math: Advanced mathematical
functions such as exponents, roots, and
logarithms.
Trig: Trigonometric functions such as
sine, cosine, tangent, and variants.
Finance: Financial calculator functions
such as APR and amortization.
Logic: Hexadecimal characters in
keypad, plus logic functions such as
And, Not, Or, and Xor.
Statistics: Statistical functions such as
sum, factorial, and random number
generator.
Weight/Tmp: Weight and temperature
conversions for metric and English
values.
Length: Length conversions for metric
and English values.
Area: Area conversions for metric,
traditional, and English values.
Volume: Volume conversions for metric
and English values.
4Press Menu .
5Select Pref, and then select the decimal
display format: Float, Fixed(x), Sci(x),
or Eng(x).
6Press Menu .
7Select Pref, and then select the number
display format: Degrees, Radians, or
Grads.
TIP
Select Sto to store a number in one of ten
memory slots. Select Rcl to recall a stored
number.
TIP
Select Con to access a list of
mathematical constants such as Avogadro’s
number or the speed of light.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
INSTALLING APPLICATIONS
182
10
CHAPTER
Installing applications
Your Centro comes with several built-in and
ready-to-use applications. You can also
install additional applications, such as
business software, games, and more. The
Palm Software Installation CD includes
several bonus software apps, and you can
purchase other third-party Palm OS® by
ACCESS apps as well.
NOTE The instructions in this section tell
you how to install basic PRC (Palm OS
application) and PDB (Palm OS database)
files on your Centro. Some Palm OS
software uses an installer or wizard to
guide you through the process. For details,
consult the documentation that came with
the software.
Installing bonus software from My Centro
on your device
My Centro lets you download and install
software that you can use on your Centro.
If the software has a desktop component
in addition to a Centro component, you
need to download the software to your
computer first. See Installing bonus
software from My Palm on your computer
for info on installing software that includes
a desktop component.
1Press Applications and select
My Centro .
2Select the Bonus tab.
3Select the Install link below the name
of the application you want to install.
Repeat step 3 to install additional
applications.
Installing applications from the Internet
You can use the web browser on your
Centro to install Palm OS files (PRC or
PDB) directly from the Internet. When you
download a PRC or PDB file, it is
automatically installed on your Centro. If a
file is compressed (for example, as a ZIP or
SIT file), you need to download it to your
computer, expand the file, and then
synchronize to transfer the expanded file to
your Centro.
NOTE Make sure the application you
download is compatible with your device.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
INSTALLING APPLICATIONS 183
10
CHAPTER
1Open the web browser (see Viewing a
web page).
2Go to the page that contains the link to
the application you want to download.
3Press Left or Right to highlight the
link to the file, and then press
Center to initiate the download
process.
4Follow the onscreen instructions to
accept and install the application.
Installing bonus software from My Palm
on your computer
1On your computer, go to go.palm.com/
centro-gsm/.
2Follow the onscreen instructions to
download the application(s) you want to
install.
3When prompted to select either Save or
Run, select Run to place the
application(s) in the install queue.
4Synchronize your Centro with your
computer to install the application(s) on
your Centro.
Installing other third-party applications
from a computer
When you download an application to your
computer, it is probably in a compressed
format such as a ZIP or SIT file. If the file is
compressed, you need to use a
decompression utility on your computer,
such as WinZip or Allume Stuffit Expander,
before you install the application on your
Centro.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN To install an app
from your computer to your Centro,
you must first install Palm®Desktop
software on your computer (see Installing
the desktop synchronization software).
1 Windows: Select Start > Programs >
Palm > Install Tool, and then select
Add to browse to the application you
want to add.
Mac: Drag and drop the file(s) onto the
Send To Device droplet in the Palm
folder.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
REMOVING APPLICATIONS
184
10
CHAPTER
2Select your device name from the User
list, and then click OK.
3Synchronize your Centro with your
computer to install the application(s) on
your Centro.
Installing third-party applications from a
computer to an expansion card
You can install an application to an
expansion card rather than to your Centro.
Windows:
1Select Start > Programs > Palm >
Install Tool.
2Select your device name from the User
list.
3Select Add and browse to the
application you want to add.
4Select Change Destination and select
the expansion card.
5Select OK.
6Synchronize your Centro with your
computer to install the application(s) on
your Centro.
Mac:
1In the menu for Palm Desktop software,
click HotSync.
2Select Install Handheld files, and then
select expansion card as the files
destination.
Getting help with third-party applications
If you encounter a problem (such as an
error message) with a third-party
application, contact the applications author
or vendor. For general troubleshooting of
third-party applications, see Third-party
applications.
Removing
applications
If you decide that you no longer need an
application, or you want to free up
memory, you can remove apps from your
Centro or an expansion card (for more on
expansion cards, see Inserting an
expansion card). You can remove only
apps, patches, and extensions that you
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
REMOVING APPLICATIONS 185
10
CHAPTER
install; you cannot remove the built-in apps
that reside in the ROM portion of your
Centro.
1Press Applications .
2If you want to remove an application
from an expansion card, insert the card
into your Centro.
3Press Menu .
4Select Delete on the App menu.
5Select the Delete From pick list and
select the location of the application you
want to remove: Phone or <card
name>.
6Select the application that you want to
remove.
7Select Delete, and then select Yes to
confirm deletion.
8Synchronize to remove the application
from the Backup subfolder on your
computer.
Manually deleting applications
If an app you delete reappears on your
Centro, you may need to manually delete
the app from your computer.
1Locate your Backup subfolder on your
computer.
Windows: C:\Program
Files\Palm\<device name>.
Mac: Mac
HD\Applications\Palm\Users\<device
name>.
If you upgraded from a previous version
of Palm Desktop, your Backup subfolder
may be located in the palmOne or
Handspring folder.
2If you find a PRC or PDB file for the
application you just removed, delete the
file from the Backup subfolder.
3Delete the file from your device again.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Some applications are factory
installed on your Centro and cannot be
deleted. These are listed with a Lock icon next
to them.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
Applications deleted from your
Centro are kept on your computer in the
Archive folder of your user folder. If you have
trouble locating your user folder, see I can’t
find my user folder.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
VIEWING APPLICATION INFO
186
10
CHAPTER
Viewing application
info
The Info screens display basic statistics
about the applications on your Centro.
1Press Applications .
2Press Menu .
3Select Info on the App menu.
4Select the Device pick list and select
the location of the app you want to view
info for: Phone or <card name>.
5At the bottom of the screen, select the
type of information you want to view:
Version: The version numbers of
applications on your Centro.
Size: The size (in kilobytes) of
applications and information on your
Centro.
Records: The number of entries in
various applications on your Centro.
6Scroll to the application you want to see
info about.
7Select Done.
Sending information
with Bluetooth®
wireless technology
The range of Bluetooth® wireless
technology is up to 30 feet in optimum
environmental conditions. Performance
and range may be affected by physical
obstacles, radio interference from nearby
electronic equipment, and other factors.
TIP
Check your battery level before
establishing a Bluetooth wireless connection.
If the battery level is very low, you can’t make
a Bluetooth wireless connection.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SENDING INFORMATION WITH BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY 187
10
CHAPTER
Sending info over a Bluetooth wireless
connection
In most applications, you can send an
individual entry or item such as a contact or
a picture. You can also send all the entries
in a category, such as all contacts in the
Business category.
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth .
2Select Bluetooth On.
3Open an application.
4Select the entry or category you want to
send. You cannot send an item that has
a lock next to it.
5Press Menu .
6Select Send from the leftmost menu.
7Select Bluetooth, and then select OK.
8Select the receiving device(s) from the
Discovery Results list, and then select
OK.
9Wait for a message to indicate that the
transfer is complete before you
continue using your Centro.
Sending an app over a Bluetooth wireless
connection
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth .
2Select Bluetooth On.
3Press Applications .
4Press Menu .
5Select Send from the App menu.
6Select the Send From pick list and
select the location of the app you want
to send: Phone or <card name>.
7Select the application you want to
transfer. You cannot send an item that
has a lock next to it.
8Select Send.
9Select Bluetooth, and then select OK.
10 Select the receiving device(s) from the
Discovery Results list, and then select
OK.
11 Wait for a message to indicate that the
transfer is complete before you
continue using your Centro.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SENDING INFORMATION WITH BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY
188
10
CHAPTER
Receiving info over a Bluetooth wireless
connection
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth .
2Select Bluetooth On.
3Select the Visibility pick list and select
one of the following:
Visible: Enables Bluetooth devices that
are not on your Trusted Devices list to
request a connection with your Centro.
Your Centro remains accessible to other
devices until you turn this option off.
After you’ve finished using this setting,
remember to change it back to Hidden.
Te m p o r a r y : Enables Bluetooth devices
that are not on your Trusted Devices list
to request a connection with your
Centro during the next two minutes.
Your Centro reverts to the Hidden
setting and becomes inaccessible to
other devices after two minutes.
4Use the other device to discover your
Centro and send information to it:
See the other devices documentation
to learn how to discover and send
information over a Bluetooth wireless
connection.
If the Ringer switch is set to Sound
On, your Centro beeps to notify you of
the connection and then prompts you
to accept the info. Select a category
or expansion card to file the item(s). If
you don’t select a category, the
item(s) goes into the Unfiled category.
5Select Ye s to receive the information or
No to refuse it.
TIP
The Device Name in the Bluetooth app is
the name other devices with Bluetooth
wireless technology see when they connect
to your Centro. The default name is the name
you gave your device during setup. You can
change this name if you want to.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
When you receive an
application over a Bluetooth connection, you
can store the application on your Centro or
send it to an expansion card inserted into the
expansion card slot.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
BEAMING INFORMATION 189
10
CHAPTER
Beaming information
Your Centro is equipped with an IR
(infrared) port so that you can beam
information to another device with an IR
port—provided the other device supports
IR communications with Palm OS devices.
The IR port is located on the side of your
Centro, next to the expansion card slot,
behind the small dark shield.
Beaming an entry
You can beam an individual entry or item
such as a contact or a picture. You can also
beam all the entries in the selected
category, such as all the contacts in the
Business or Family category.
1Open the application that holds the
entry you want to beam.
2Select the entry or category you want to
beam. You cannot beam an item that
has a lock icon next to it.
3Press Menu .
4Select Record, and then select one of
the following:
Beam: Sends an individual record.
Beam Category: Sends all entries in
the current category.
5When the Beam Status dialog box
appears, point the IR port on your
Centro directly at the IR port of the
receiving device.
6Wait for the Beam Status dialog box to
indicate that the transfer is complete
before you continue using your Centro.
TIP
For best results, the path between the
two devices must be clear of obstacles, and
both devices must be stationary. If you have
difficulty beaming, shorten the distance and
avoid bright sunlight.
TIP
Once you set up your business card, you
can beam it in two key presses: From the
Main tab in the Phone application, press
Menu, and then press M.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If you beam a bookmark or
saved page from the web browser, it beams
the URL, not the contents of that page.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
BEAMING INFORMATION
190
10
CHAPTER
Beaming an application
Not all applications can be beamed. A lock
icon appears on the Beam screen next
to applications that cannot be beamed.
1Press Applications .
2Press Menu .
3Select Beam from the App menu.
4Select the Beam From pick list and
select the location of the application you
want to beam: Phone or <card name>.
5Select the application you want to
transfer.
6Select Beam.
7When the Beam Status dialog box
appears, point the IR port on your
Centro directly at the IR port of the
receiving device.
8Wait for the Beam Status dialog box to
indicate that the transfer is complete
before you continue using your Centro.
Receiving beamed information
BEFORE YOU BEGIN Make sure that the
Beam Receive option in Power
Preferences is set to On. See Optimizing
power settings for details.
1Turn on your screen.
2Select the beam command on the
transmitting device.
3Point the IR port on your Centro directly
at the IR port of the transmitting device
to open the Beam Status dialog box.
4When the Beam Status dialog box
appears, select a category for the entry.
5Select Ye s to receive the information or
No to refuse it.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—ADVANCED 191
10
CHAPTER
Synchronizing
information—
advanced
Changing which applications sync
By default, information from Calendar,
Contacts, Memos, Pictures & Videos, and
Tasks is updated each time you
synchronize your Centro. You can change
which applications synchronize. For
example, if you don’t use the Memos
application and you want to speed up
synchronization, you can turn off
synchronization for Memos.
WINDOWS ONLY
1Click HotSync® manager in the
taskbar in the lower-right corner of your
screen.
2Select Custom.
3Select your device name from the User
list at the top of the screen.
4Select the application for which you
want to turn synchronization on or off,
and then click Change.
5Select Synchronize the files to turn on
synchronization for an app.
Select Do nothing to turn off
synchronization for an app that currently
synchronizes (for example, to turn off
TIP
If you do not select a category when you
receive a beamed item, the item is placed in
the Unfiled category.
TIP
If you can’t receive beamed info, make
sure that you are not running a third-party app
that disables beaming. If you still can’t receive
a beam, try a soft reset (see Resetting your
Centro).
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can store a beamed app
on your Centro or send it to an expansion card
inserted into the expansion card slot.
TIP
Windows If you set up your Centro to
sync with Outlook, you can learn how to
change which applications synchronize and
change their synchronization settings by doing
the following: Click the HotSync manager
icon in the taskbar and select Custom. Select
a conduit that syncs with Outlook, click
Change, and then click Help.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—ADVANCED
192
10
CHAPTER
synchronization for Memos if you do not
use this app).
NOTE If you want the information in one
location (on your Centro or on your
computer) to completely replace the
information in the other location for that
app, select one of the two overwrite
options. For example, if the Calendar info
on your Centro is accurate but the info on
your computer has become corrupted,
select Handheld overwrites Desktop for
the Calendar app to have your Centro info
replace your computer info. Note that
“handheld” refers to your Centro and
“desktop” refers to your computer.
6(Optional) If you want to make this
change permanent, check the Set as
default box. Otherwise, your change
affects only one synchronization (the
next one you do); thereafter, the
synchronization action reverts to what it
was before the change.
7Click OK.
8(Optional) To turn synchronization on or
off for other apps, repeat steps 4, 5, 6,
and 7 for each application you want to
change.
9Click Done.
MAC ONLY
1Double-click the Palm Desktop icon
in the Palm folder.
2From the HotSync menu, select
Conduit Settings.
3From the User pop-up menu, select
your device name.
4Select the application for which you
want to turn synchronization on or off,
and then click Conduit Settings.
5Select Synchronize the files to turn on
synchronization for an app.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—ADVANCED 193
10
CHAPTER
Select Do nothing to turn off
synchronization for an app that currently
synchronizes (for example, to turn off
synchronization for Memos if you do not
use this app).
NOTE If you want the information in one
location (Centro or computer) to
completely replace the information in the
other location for that app, select one of
the two overwrite options. For example, if
the Calendar info on your Centro is
accurate but the info on your Mac has
become corrupted, select Handheld
overwrites Macintosh for the Calendar
app to have your Centro info replace the
info on your Mac. Note that “handheld”
refers to your Centro.
6(Optional) If you want to make this
change permanent, click Make Default.
Otherwise, your change affects only
one synchronization (the next one you
do); thereafter, the synchronization
action reverts to what it was before the
change.
7Click OK.
8(Optional) To turn synchronization on or
off for other apps, repeat steps 4, 5, 6,
and 7 for each application you want to
change.
9Close the Conduit Settings window.
Setting up a Bluetooth connection for
synchronization
If your computer is enabled with Bluetooth
wireless technology, you can synchronize
wirelessly over a Bluetooth connection.
1Press Applications and select
Bluetooth .
2Select Bluetooth On.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—ADVANCED
194
10
CHAPTER
3(Optional) Enter a device name that
identifies your Centro when it is
discovered by other Bluetooth devices.
NOTE Use the same device name for all
your Bluetooth connections. If you change
the device name, you need to re-create any
partnerships you have already created.
4Select the Visibility pick list and select
Visible or Te m p o r a r y.
5Select Setup Devices.
6Select HotSync Setup.
7Follow the onscreen instructions to
create a partnership between your
Centro and your computer. In some
cases you may need to perform setup
steps on your computer before you can
complete this step. Check your
computers documentation for specific
setup instructions.
TIP
The device name you enter is the name
other devices with Bluetooth wireless
technology see when they connect to your
Centro. The default name is the name you
gave your device during setup. You can
change this name if you want to.
TIP
After you form a partnership with a device,
you can change the Visibility setting back to
Hidden. That way only devices with which
you’ve already formed a partnership can find
your Centro. New devices cannot request a
connection.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—ADVANCED 195
10
CHAPTER
8After you finish the HotSync setup,
select Done to return to Applications
View.
You’re now ready to sync your Centro with
your Bluetooth computer.
Synchronizing over a Bluetooth
connection
When you synchronize using the Bluetooth
wireless feature on your Centro, you don’t
need your sync cable. This is especially
useful if you travel with a laptop enabled
with Bluetooth wireless technology.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN Verify the following
on your computer:
It includes built-in Bluetooth wireless
technology or a Bluetooth adapter.
Bluetooth is turned on.
HotSync manager is active. On a
Windows computer, you know HotSync
manager is active when its icon appears
in the lower-right corner of your screen.
9Press Applications and select
HotSync .
10 Select Local.
11 Select the pick list below the HotSync
icon, and then select the name of the
PC you set up for Bluetooth
synchronization (see Setting up a
Bluetooth connection for
synchronization).
12 Select the HotSync icon on your
Centro.
When synchronization is complete, a
message appears at the top of your Centro
screen. Be patient; synchronization may
take a few minutes.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
SYNCHRONIZING INFORMATION—ADVANCED
196
10
CHAPTER
Synchronizing over an infrared
connection
When you synchronize using the IR port on
your Centro, you don’t need your sync
cable. This is especially useful if you travel
with an IR-enabled laptop.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN Verify the following
on your computer:
It has an enabled IR port or an IR device
attached to it. Check your computer’s
documentation to see if it supports IR
communication.
HotSync manager is active. On a
Windows computer, you know HotSync
manager is active when its icon appears
in the lower-right corner of your screen.
WINDOWS ONLY
1On your computer, click HotSync
manager in the taskbar in the
lower-right corner of your screen. Make
sure that Infrared is selected.
2On your Centro, press
Applications and select
HotSync .
3Select Local.
4Select the pick list below the HotSync
icon and select IR to a PC/Handheld.
5Position the IR port on your Centro
within a few inches of your computer’s
IR port.
6Select the HotSync icon on your
Centro.
When synchronization is complete, a
message appears at the top of your Centro
screen. Be patient; synchronization may
take a few minutes.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING EXPANSION CARDS 197
10
CHAPTER
MAC ONLY
1Double-click the HotSync manager
icon in the Palm folder.
2Click the HotSync Controls tab, and
then select Enabled.
3Click the Connection Settings tab, and
then check the On box next to IR port.
4Close the HotSync Software Setup
window.
5On your Centro, press
Applications and select
HotSync .
6Select Local.
7Select the pick list below the HotSync
icon and select IR to a PC/Handheld.
8Position the IR port on your Centro
within a few inches of your Mac’s IR
port.
9Select the HotSync icon on your
Centro.
When synchronization is complete, a
message appears at the top of your Centro
screen. Be patient; synchronization may
take a few minutes.
Using expansion
cards
The expansion card slot on your Centro
enables you to add microSD cards to
extend the storage capacity of your Centro
(expansion cards sold separately). Here are
some examples of what microSD
expansion cards can store:
Photos
MP3 audio files
Email attachments
Games
eBooks
Microsoft Office files
Adobe Acrobat files
Applications
Databases
Inserting an expansion card
1Remove the battery door.
2Open the expansion slot door.
3Hold your Centro with the screen facing
you, and hold the card with the label
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING EXPANSION CARDS
198
10
CHAPTER
facing you. The notch on the card should
be in the lower corner.
4Insert the card into the expansion card
slot until you feel it lock into place.
5Close the expansion slot door.
6Replace the battery door.
Removing an expansion card
1Remove the battery door.
2Open the expansion slot door.
3Press the card into the expansion slot to
release it from the expansion slot.
4After you feel the expansion card slot
eject the card, remove the card
from the slot.
5Close the expansion slot door.
6Replace the battery door.
Opening applications on an expansion
card
After you insert an expansion card into the
expansion card slot, you can open any of
the applications stored on the expansion
card.
1Insert the expansion card into the
expansion card slot. The Card category
of Applications View automatically
appears.
TIP
The expansion card slot has a push-push
mechanism: push in gently to insert a card;
push in gently to remove it.
TIP
If the Ringer switch is set to Sound On,
you hear a confirmation tone when you insert
or remove an expansion card.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING EXPANSION CARDS 199
10
CHAPTER
2Select the icon for the application you
want to open.
3Press Center to open the
application.
Accessing items stored on an expansion
card
When an expansion card contains items
such as pictures or songs, you can’t view
them directly from the Card category in
Applications View. You must open the app
that recognizes the item.
1Insert the expansion card into the
expansion card slot. The Card category
of Applications View automatically
appears.
2Select the category pick list in the title
bar, and select All.
3Select the icon for the application in
which you want to open the item. For
example, to view a picture, select
Pics&Videos.
Copying applications between an
expansion card and your Centro
You can copy applications from your Centro
to your expansion card and vice versa.
1Press Applications .
2Press Menu .
3Select Copy from the App menu.
4Select the Copy To pick list and select
the destination: Phone or <card
name>.
TIP
Install the Files application from the Palm
Software Installation CD to easily browse and
manage files on an expansion card.
TIP
Before you copy an application to an
expansion card, make sure that it is
compatible with Palm OS software version
5.4.5 or later. Some applications do not work
with expansion cards and do not allow you to
store files in a location that is separate from
the application.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING EXPANSION CARDS
200
10
CHAPTER
5Select the From pick list and select the
location of the application you want to
copy: Phone or <card name>.
6Highlight the application you want to
copy.
7Select Copy.
Viewing expansion card information
The Card Info application displays general
information about the expansion card that
is currently in the expansion slot, and it
enables you to rename and format a card.
Press Applications and select
Card Info .
Renaming an expansion card
If you change the contents of an expansion
card, you may at some point want to
rename the card to better match its
contents.
1Insert the expansion card into the
expansion card slot.
2Select the category pick list at the top
of the screen and select All.
3Select Card Info .
4Press Menu .
5Select Rename Card from the Card
menu.
6Enter a new name for the card.
7Select OK.
TIP
If you have trouble copying info to,
renaming, or formatting an expansion card,
make sure the card is not write-protected.
Press Applications and select Card Info. If a
“This card is read-only” message appears, the
card is write-protected. See the instructions
that came with your card for additional info.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING EXPANSION CARDS 201
10
CHAPTER
Formatting an expansion card
Formatting an expansion card is similar to
formatting a disk on a computer. When
you format an expansion card, you erase all
the information stored on the card.
8Insert the expansion card into the
expansion card slot.
9Select the category pick list at the top
of the screen and select All.
10 Select Card Info .
11 Press Menu .
12 Select Format Card from the Card
menu.
13 Enter a new name for the card.
14 Select OK.
TIP
If you format a card, any photos or
documents that were previously stored on the
card are deleted from your desktop software
the next time you sync. You can recover these
files from the backup folder, or you can
prevent the deletion by temporarily changing
your sync settings for the affected application
to Desktop overwrites handheld.
YOUR APPLICATION AND INFO MANAGEMENT TOOLS
USING EXPANSION CARDS
202
10
CHAPTER
203
CHAPTER
11
Your personal settings
Customizing your Palm®Centro smartphone is a great way to
make it match your lifestyle and work even harder for you.
On your Centro, you can easily customize the sounds, fonts,
screen colors, and more. Take advantage of different levels of
security. Prevent making an accidental (and expensive) phone
call by locking the keyboard. Some settings can help extend the
life of your Centro battery. There are lots of ways to make your
Centro work better for you.
Benefits
Access applications quickly
Make your screen easy to read
Conserve power
Enjoy your Centro more
In this chapter
System sound settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Display and appearance settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Applications settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Locking your Centro and info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
System settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Connecting to a VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
SYSTEM SOUND SETTINGS 205
11
CHAPTER
System sound
settings
Silencing sounds
You can immediately silence all alerts,
ringtones, music that plays through the
built-in speaker, and system sounds by
sliding the Ringer switch to Sound Off. This
does not mute the audio during a phone
call.
1Slide the Ringer switch to Sound Off
. Your Centro vibrates once to let you
know that you’ve turned sounds off.
2To hear all sounds again, slide the
Ringer switch to Sound On .
NOTE For info on setting the vibrate
option, see the section on setting alert
tones in the chapters that describe the
individual applications.
Sliding the Ringer switch back to Sound On
restores the previous sound settings.
Setting system volume levels
You can set the volume level for system
sounds, such as the tone that plays when
you synchronize.
1Press Applications and select
Sounds .
2Select the Application pick list and
select System.
TIP
If the Ringer switch is set to Sound Off,
the ringer setting overrides the sound settings
and all sounds are turned off.
Sound Off Sound On
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS
206
11
CHAPTER
3Select the System Volume and Game
Volume pick lists and select the volume
levels.
4Select Done.
Display and
appearance settings
Adjusting the brightness
Depending on the lighting conditions in
which you’re using your Centro, you may
need to adjust the brightness of the
screen.
1Press Option , and then press
Backlight .
2Press Left and Right to adjust the
brightness.
3Select Done.
Changing the screen font
You can change the screen font in
Calendar, Contacts, Memos, Messaging,
Tasks, and Web. The font styles may vary
between applications, and some
applications may offer fewer choices.
1Open the application in which you want
to change the font.
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Font.
TIP
To temporarily set the backlight to the
preset low setting, press Option + Menu.
TIP
You can also adjust the backlight and set
the brightness duration during a call in Power
Preferences. See Optimizing power settings.
Backlight
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
DISPLAY AND APPEARANCE SETTINGS 207
11
CHAPTER
4Select a font style. (In the web browser,
select the Font size pick list and select
Large or Small.)
5Select OK.
Setting display formats
Formats Preferences enable you to select
number conventions based on geographic
regions. For example, in the United
Kingdom, time often is expressed using a
24-hour clock. In the United States, time is
expressed using a 12-hour clock with an
AM or a PM suffix. Many of the built-in
applications on your Centro use the
Formats Preferences settings.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Formats.
3Set any of the following preferences:
Preset to: The standard number
conventions for your country. When you
select a country, the other Formats
Preferences are automatically set to
that country’s conventions. You can also
edit each option individually.
Time: The time format. Select HH:MM
to display a 24-hour clock.
Date: The date format.
Week starts: The first day of the week
(usually Sunday or Monday).
Numbers: The format for numbers with
decimal points and commas.
4Select Done.
Aligning the screen to correct tapping
problems
Occasionally, the Centro touchscreen
alignment may need to be readjusted. If
this problem occurs, you may see the
wrong feature being activated when you
tap the screen. To fix the problem, you can
align the screen at any time.
Large bold fontSmall font
Small bold font
Large font
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
APPLICATIONS SETTINGS
208
11
CHAPTER
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Touchscreen.
3Follow the onscreen instructions and
tap the screen where indicated.
4Select Done.
Changing the system color scheme
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Color Theme.
3Select a color scheme from the list.
4Select Done.
Applications settings
You can change the Applications settings
on your Centro so that you can easily
access the applications you use most
often. You can arrange and display your
applications by category, reassign
the buttons on your Centro, and select
default applications for specific tasks.
TIP
You can also set the wallpaper for the
Main tab in the Phone application (see
Customizing the Main tab in the Phone
application) and the background for Calendar
Agenda View (see Customizing display
options for your calendar).
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
APPLICATIONS SETTINGS 209
11
CHAPTER
Arranging applications by category
You can assign an application to a category
and then display a specific category of
applications in Applications View.
1Press Applications .
2Press Menu .
3Select Category on the App menu.
4Select the pick list next to each
application and select a category.
5Select Done.
Displaying applications by category
Do one of the following:
Press Applications repeatedly to
cycle through the categories.
Select the category pick list at the top
of the screen and select a category.
Select All to display all your
applications.
Changing Applications View
By default, Applications View displays each
application as an icon. As an alternative,
you can view a list of applications. The list
view is particularly useful when you have
so many applications in a category that the
applications fill up more than one screen.
1Press Applications .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
4Select the View By pick list and select
List.
5Select OK.
Reassigning buttons
With Buttons Preferences, you can select
which applications are associated with the
quick buttons and the Side button on your
Centro. You can assign a primary and
secondary application to each of the three
quick buttons that open an application.
TIP
To create a new category, select the
category pick list and select Edit Categories.
Select New, and then enter the category
name. Select OK to close the dialog box, and
then select OK.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
If there is an expansion card in
the expansion slot, the card appears in the
category pick list and is treated as a category
when you press Applications repeatedly.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
APPLICATIONS SETTINGS
210
11
CHAPTER
NOTE We recommend that you keep the
primary button assignments on the factory
settings until you become comfortable with
the features of your Centro. If you do
change the primary button assignments,
remember that the instructions in this
guide and in the other help features refer to
the original button settings.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Buttons.
3Select the pick list next to the item you
want to reassign, and then select an
application.
4Select Done.
Changing default applications
Sometimes one application looks for
another application to handle information
(for example, a mail application might open
a browser when you select a link in an
email message). Your Centro comes with a
set of predefined applications to handle
email, messaging, and browser requests
from other applications. If you have more
than one application to handle these
requests on your Centro, you can specify
which application you want to use for each
function.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Default Apps.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
You can also choose an
application to open with the sync button on
the USB sync cable. To change this setting,
select HotSync on the Buttons Preferences
screen.
TIP
To restore all the buttons and key
combinations to their factory settings, select
Default.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO 211
11
CHAPTER
3Select each pick list and select the
application you want to associate with
that function.
4Select Done.
Locking your Centro
and info
Your Centro includes several features that
protect it from inadvertent use and keep
your information private. You can lock any
of the following features on your Centro:
Keyboard (Keyguard): You can use the
Keyguard feature to disable the keyboard
and all buttons to prevent accidental
presses in your bag or pocket.
Screen: You can disable the screens
touch-sensitive feature during an active call
or call alert.
Phone (Phone Lock): You can set your
phone to require a password for making
calls. The built-in security software lets you
make emergency calls even if your phone
is locked.
Centro: You can set your Centro to require
a password for viewing any information on
your Centro.
Entries: You can mask or hide entries
marked as private and set your Centro to
require a password for viewing them.
Locking your keyboard (Keyguard)
The Keyguard feature locks the keyboard so
that you don’t accidentally press buttons or
activate items on the screen while your
Centro is in a pocket or bag.
By default, Keyguard turns on whenever
the screen is off. Each time you wake up
the screen, you must turn off Keyguard to
unlock the keyboard and use your Centro.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO
212
11
CHAPTER
To turn off Keyguard, do the following:
1When the screen is off, press Power/
End to wake up the screen.
2Press Center to turn off Keyguard.
You can change how quickly Keyguard turns
on, or you can disable this feature
altogether. To change the Keyguard
settings, do the following:
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Keyguard.
3Select the Auto-Keyguard pick list, and
then do one of the following:
Select how quickly you want Keyguard
to turn on: When power is turned
off, 5 seconds after power off, or 30
seconds after power off.
Select Disable to completely disable
the Keyguard feature until you turn it
on again by pressing Option +
Power/End when the screen is on.
4Select Done.
Locking your screen
You can set your Centro to automatically
lock the screens touch-sensitive features in
certain situations.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Keyguard.
3Check any of the following boxes:
Incoming calls received: Disables the
screen when the phone rings. You must
use the 5-way to select the
onscreen Answer and Ignore buttons,
or press Send to answer the call or
Power/End to ignore the call.
On a call: Disables the screen after you
answer a call. You must use the
5-way to select the onscreen
buttons during the call. Use this setting
to avoid accidentally pressing onscreen
buttons while you’re holding your
Centro near your ear to speak.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO 213
11
CHAPTER
4Select Done.
Locking your phone (Phone Lock)
You can lock your SIM card to prevent
unauthorized calls and use of other
wireless features. When your SIM card is
locked, you must enter the correct PIN
code to unlock it, even if you move it to a
different phone. You can still make
emergency calls when your phone is
locked, however.
IMPORTANT If your SIM card is locked
and you enter the wrong PIN more than
three times, you must call your network
operator for your unique PIN unlock key
(PUK) to unlock your SIM card.
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Phone
Lock.
4Check the Lock SIM box.
5When prompted, enter the current PIN
and select OK. (Unless you changed
your PIN, enter the default PIN,
provided with your account materials.)
6If you want to change the PIN, select
Change PIN, enter a new PIN, and then
select OK. Repeat this step to verify the
new PIN.
7If your SIM card supports fixed number
dialing (FDN), select Advanced and
check the Enable Fixed Number
Dialing box to restrict dialing to the
numbers in your FDN list. When
prompted, enter your PIN2 and then
select OK.
8Turn your phone off to activate the
phone lock feature.
9To turn your phone on again, press and
hold Power/End , enter your PIN, and
then select OK to unlock your Centro.
DID
YOU
KNOW
?
When you check the boxes to
disable the touchscreen during a call, the
touchscreen is automatically enabled again
after you end the call.
TIP
When Phone Lock is turned on, other
people can still see the info on your Centro,
but they cannot make or receive phone calls
or use the other wireless features without
your password.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO
214
11
CHAPTER
Your SIM card locks again when you turn
off your Centro and then turn it back on.
To disable the current Phone Lock settings:
1Press Phone .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select Phone
Lock.
4Uncheck the Lock SIM box.
5Enter your PIN code.
6Select OK.
Locking your Centro
To protect your personal information, you
can lock your Centro so that you need to
enter your password to access any of your
information or to use any of the features on
your Centro, including the phone. You can,
however, still make emergency calls when
your Centro is locked.
IMPORTANT If you lock your Centro, you
must enter the exact password to unlock it.
If you forget the password, you need to
perform a hard reset to resume using your
Centro. Performing a hard reset while your
Centro is password locked deletes all the
entries in your Centro and completely
reformats it. If you use password
protection in Palm Desktop software, you
must remember your password to restore
your info. However, if you do not use
password protection in Palm Desktop
software, you can restore all previously
synchronized info the next time you sync
(see Synchronizing information—the
basics).
1Press Applications and select
Security .
2Select the Password box.
TIP
To manage your FDN list, press
Applications, select SIM Book, press Menu,
and then select Modify FDN from the
Options menu.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO 215
11
CHAPTER
3Assign a password and a password hint.
4Select the Auto Lock Device box.
5When prompted, enter your password
and select OK.
6Select one of the following options:
Never: Prevents your Centro from
locking automatically.
On power off: Locks your Centro when
you turn off the screen, or when it
shuts off with the Auto-off feature.
At a preset time: Locks your Centro at
a specific time of day.
After a preset delay: Locks your Centro
after a period of inactivity.
7Select OK.
8Do one of the following:
Select Lock & Turn Off to lock your
Centro immediately.
Press Applications to accept
your settings and continue using your
Centro.
Working with private entries
In most applications, you can mark
individual entries as private. All private
entries remain visible and accessible until
you select the Security setting. You have
three Security setting options:
Show Records: Private records are visible.
Hide Records: Private entries do not
appear anywhere in the application.
TIP
After you create a password, you can lock
your system manually. Press Applications
and select Security. Select Lock & Turn Off,
and then select Off & Lock.
TIP
To change your password, select the
Password box, enter your current password,
and then enter the new password. To delete
your password, select the Password box and
then select Unassign.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO
216
11
CHAPTER
Mask Records: Private entries are
replaced with a gray bar that lets you know
the entry is there but keeps it from being
legible.
After you enable the mask or hide setting,
any entries marked as private are
immediately hidden or masked. If you
define a password, you must enter it to
display private entries. If you do not define
a password, you (or anyone else) can reveal
private entries without a password.
1Open the entry that you want to mark
private.
2Select Details.
3Check the Private box.
4Select OK.
Hiding or masking all private entries
Make sure the entries you want to mask or
hide are marked private.
1Press Applications and select
Security .
2Select the Current Privacy pick list and
select either Hide Records or Mask
Records.
3If prompted for your password, enter it
and then select OK.
Viewing all private records
You can reveal all the entries you’ve hidden
or masked.
1Press Applications and select
Security .
2Select the Current Privacy pick list and
select Show Records.
3If prompted for your password, enter it
and then select OK.
Viewing private entries in a specific
application
1Open the application that contains the
private entries you want to see.
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select
Security.
4Select the Current Privacy pick list and
select Show Records.
5Select OK.
6If prompted for your password, enter it
and then select OK.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
LOCKING YOUR CENTRO AND INFO 217
11
CHAPTER
Security Password and Palm Desktop
software (Windows)
You can set the Windows version of
Palm®Desktop software to observe the
security password for your Centro. If you
forget your password, you cannot view
your information in Palm Desktop. If your
Centro is unlocked, you can change your
password on your Centro, but all entries
marked as private are deleted. You can
restore your private entries the next time
you sync, and then create a new password.
Follow these steps to recover from a lost
password:
1Press Applications and select
Security .
2Select the Password box.
3Select Lost Password.
4Select Ye s .
Entering owner information
You can use Owner Preferences to record
information that you want to associate with
your Centro, such as your name, company
name, and home phone number. If you lock
your Centro (see Locking your Centro), the
Owner Preferences information appears on
the screen that requests your password to
unlock it, and you must also enter your
password to change the Owner
Preferences information.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Owner.
3If you assigned a password with the
Security application, select Unlock,
enter your password, and then select
OK to continue.
4Enter the text that you want to appear in
the Owner Preferences screen.
5Select Done.
TIP
If you want additional security for
Palm Desktop files, you may want to purchase
a third-party solution.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
SYSTEM SETTINGS
218
11
CHAPTER
System settings
Setting the date and time
Date & Time Preferences enable you to
manually set the date, time, and location
(time zone) setting for your Centro.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Date & Time.
3Select the Automatically set pick list
and select one of the following settings:
NOTE The options that appear on the
screen vary based on the setting you select
in step 3.
Date, time and time zone: The date,
time, and time zone are acquired from
your network.
Date and time: Lets you set the time
zone manually. The date and time are
acquired from your network.
This setting is useful when you travel
from one time zone to another. You can
enter an appointment in your calendar
and set no time zone. When you get to
your destination time zone, the
appointment appears on your calendar
at the correct local time.
Nothing: Lets you set the date, time,
and time zone manually. No info is
acquired from your network.
4If the Location pick list appears, select
it, and then select a city in your time
zone.
5If the Date and Time fields appear,
select the Date field and select the
TIP
If a city in the same time zone is not on
the list, select Edit List, select Add, select a
city in your time zone, and then select OK. If
necessary, modify any of the settings in the
Edit Location dialog box, and then select OK.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
SYSTEM SETTINGS 219
11
CHAPTER
date, and then select the Time field and
select the time.
6Select Done.
Optimizing power settings
Power Preferences enable you to adjust
settings to maximize the battery’s
performance.
1Press Applications and select
Prefs .
2Select Power.
3Set any of the following preferences:
Brightness: Sets the intensity of the
screen backlight. Drag the slider or
press Left and Right to adjust the
brightness level.
Auto-off after: Determines how long
your screen stays on during a period of
inactivity. When there is no interaction
with the keyboard or screen for the
specified time period, your Centro turns
off automatically.
Backlight during calls: To preserve
power during an active call, you can set
the screen backlight either to dim or
turn off after a specified amount of time.
Turning off the backlight saves more
power than dimming it. With the
backlight turned off, you can still see a
faint image on the screen and use any
of the buttons on the screen. To return
backlight brightness to normal, press
any key or tap the screen. Be careful;
pressing Power/End hangs up an active
TIP
You can also set time zones for Calendar
events. See Creating an event.
YOUR PERSONAL SETTINGS
CONNECTING TO A VPN
220
11
CHAPTER
call, and tapping an onscreen button
activates that command.
Beam Receive: Determines whether
your Centro is ready to receive
information over an infrared beam. If
you leave this option turned off, you
must return to this screen to turn on
this option the next time you want to
receive a beamed item.
4Select Done.
Connecting to a VPN
If you want to use your Centro to access
your corporate email account or other files
on your corporate server, you may need to
set up a virtual private network (VPN) on
your Centro. A VPN enables you to log in to
your corporate server through the
company’s firewall (security layer). You
need a VPN client on your Centro if your
Centro and your company’s server are
located on opposite sides of the firewall.
Check with your company’s system
administrator to see if a VPN is required for
accessing the corporate server. If a VPN is
required, you must purchase and install a
third-party VPN client on your Centro to
use this feature.
1Install your third-party VPN client. See
Installing applications for details.
2Press Applications and select
Prefs .
3Select VPN.
4Enter the settings provided by your
corporate system administrator.
TIP
You can also access the brightness setting
by pressing Option + P. To temporarily set the
backlight to the preset low setting, press
Option + Menu.
TIP
For information about third-party VPN
client software, visit go.palm.com/
centro-gsm/.
221
CHAPTER
12
Common questions
Although we can’t anticipate all the questions you might have,
this chapter provides answers to some of the most commonly
asked questions. For additional information and answers to
other common questions, visit go.palm.com/centro-gsm/.
In this chapter
Upgrading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Desktop software installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Resetting your Centro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Replacing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Hands-free devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Making room on your Centro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Third-party applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
COMMON QUESTIONS
UPGRADING 223
12
CHAPTER
Upgrading
If you experience problems with your
Palm®Centro smartphone after
performing the upgrade steps in this guide,
you may have incompatible applications or
settings that were not quarantined during
the installation process. These
incompatible applications or settings can
lead to numerous issues, including system
resets and freezes. If you experience a
problem after upgrading, follow the steps
in this section to remove the incompatible
apps from your Centro and to transfer your
other info to your new Centro.
NOTE If you have trouble installing a
third-party application, contact the
developer for assistance.
We recommend that you do not install
apps that do any of the following:
Modify phone functions, such as
ringtones, dialing, or caller ID
Replace organizer features, such as
Contacts or Calendar
Set data connection features, such as
activating or ending data connections
Provide web-clipping features, such as
PQA files
Provide instant messaging features
If you want to continue using these types
of applications, please contact the
third-party developer for software updates
and for info about compatibility with your
Centro.
WINDOWS ONLY
Use the following instructions to upgrade
your Centro on a Windows XP computer.
1On your computer, click Start >
Programs > Palm > Safe HotSync.
2Follow the instructions on the screen.
3Locate the Old_Apps folder on your
computer. This folder is usually located
inside one of the following folders:
C:\Program Files\Palm\
C:\Program Files\palmOne\
C:\Program Files\Handspring\
4To help you identify the app that is
causing the problem, move one app at a
time from the Old_Apps folder to the
Backup folder, and then sync.
COMMON QUESTIONS
UPGRADING
224
12
CHAPTER
If the problem recurs, delete the last
app you installed and report the
problem to its developer.
5Repeat step 4 for each of the apps in
the Old_Apps folder.
NOTE If you have trouble moving apps
from the Old_Apps folder to the Backup
folder, or determining which files to move,
try reinstalling the app using the original
third-party developer files.
MAC ONLY
1Locate your user folder on your
computer.
NOTE Your user folder name is the same
as your device name and is usually found in
this location: <Mac hard drive> : Users :
<your Mac username> : Documents :
Palm : Users
2Select your user folder and Option-drag
it to your Mac desktop to make a copy
of that folder.
3Confirm that your copy includes the
Backup subfolder and that all the files in
the original Backup subfolder are also in
the copy of the Backup subfolder.
4Delete all files from the original Backup
subfolder.
5Perform a hard reset on your Centro.
See Resetting your Centro for
instructions.
6Sync your Centro with your new
desktop software and be sure to select
your existing device name from the
User list.
7To help you identify the app that is
causing the problem, move one
third-party app from the copy of the
Backup subfolder to the original
Backup subfolder, and then sync.
If the problem recurs, delete the last
app you installed and report the
problem to its developer.
8Repeat step 7 for each of the third-party
apps in the copy of the Backup folder.
TIP
Need more info on the Backup folder? See
What is the backup folder?.
COMMON QUESTIONS
DESKTOP SOFTWARE INSTALLATION 225
12
CHAPTER
Desktop software
installation
If you are having trouble installing the
desktop software, you may have the wrong
version of the software or some of your
computer’s resources may be unavailable.
Follow these steps to retry the installation.
1Make sure your computer profile
includes administrator rights to install
software. In large organizations, these
are usually granted by the system
administrator.
2Restart your computer.
3Quit any active applications, including
virus scanners and Internet security
applications.
4Make sure you’re installing the software
from the Palm Software Installation CD
that came with your new Centro. Other
versions of the desktop software may
not work with your Centro.
5Insert the Palm Software Installation CD
to restart the installation.
IMPORTANT Always use the same
language for your Centro, your computer
operating system, and your desktop
software. Otherwise, you may lose
information or have difficulty with
synchronization. Support is not provided for
mismatched language setups.
Resetting your
Centro
Performing a soft reset
Performing a soft reset is similar to
restarting a computer. If your Centro is not
responding or you have trouble
TIP
The Palm Software Installation CD installs
software that lets you synchronize using
Palm®Desktop software or Microsoft Outlook
for Windows. If you want to synchronize using
a different personal information manager
(PIM), you must install a third-party solution.
Contact the PIM’s author or vendor to learn if
software is available for your Centro.
COMMON QUESTIONS
RESETTING YOUR CENTRO
226
12
CHAPTER
synchronizing with your computer, a soft
reset may help. All your info is retained
when you perform a soft reset.
1Remove the battery from your Centro,
and then reinsert it.
Don’t know how? See Replacing the
battery.
NOTE The reset begins when you reinsert
the battery.
2At the end of the soft reset, Date &
Time Preferences appears. Select
Done.
Performing a system reset
A system reset, also called a safe or warm
reset, tells your Centro to stop what it’s
doing and start over again without loading
any system extras. If your Centro loops or
freezes during or after a soft reset, a
system reset may help. Performing a
system reset can release your Centro from
an endless loop so that you can uninstall a
third-party application that may be causing
the looping.
1Remove the battery from your Centro,
and then reinsert it.
Don’t know how? See Replacing the
battery.
2When the Palm logo appears, press and
hold Up until the black status bar at
the bottom of the screen fills and
disappears, and then release Up .
3Delete the third-party application that
you suspect is causing the problem.
4Perform a soft reset. The wireless
features of your Centro are not available
until you complete this step.
Performing a hard reset
A hard reset erases all information and
third-party software on your Centro. Never
perform a hard reset without first trying a
soft reset and a system reset and trying to
resolve third-party software issues. (See
Third-party applications for suggestions on
diagnosing third-party software issues.)
After a hard reset, you can restore
previously synchronized information the
next time you sync.
IMPORTANT If you set a password on
your Centro, performing a hard reset
reformats your Centro. This is a more
severe form of a hard reset, which
COMMON QUESTIONS
REPLACING THE BATTERY 227
12
CHAPTER
removes all your information, and restores
your formats, preferences, and other
settings to the factory default settings.
1Remove the battery from your Centro,
and then reinsert it.
Don’t know how? See Replacing the
battery.
2When the Palm logo appears, press and
hold Power/End until the black
status bar at the bottom of the screen
fills and disappears, and then release
Power/End .
3When the Erase all data? prompt
appears, press Up to confirm the
hard reset.
IMPORTANT If a Reformatting in
progress message appears, do not touch
your Centro until the process is complete.
This may take up to 10 minutes.
4When the language selection screen
appears, select the same language you
selected for your desktop software.
IMPORTANT Always use the same
language for your Centro, your computer
operating system, and your desktop
software. Otherwise, you may lose
information or have difficulty with
synchronization. Support is not provided for
mismatched language setups.
5(Optional) If you want to confirm that
the hard reset was successful,
immediately afterward, press
Applications and select
HotSync . If your device name
appears in the upper-right corner, the
hard reset was not successful.
Replacing the battery
Your Centro comes with a replaceable
battery. Be sure to use a replacement
TIP
Some third-party applications do not
create a backup on your computer when you
synchronize. If you perform a hard reset, you
may lose data in these applications and you
will need to reinstall the application after the
hard reset. Please contact the application’s
developer to find out which data is backed up
during synchronization.
COMMON QUESTIONS
REPLACING THE BATTERY
228
12
CHAPTER
battery that is recommended or sold by
Palm and is compatible with the Centro.
CAUTION Failure to use the proper battery
may result in a risk of personal injury or
product damage, and it voids your Centro
warranty.
1Press Power/End to turn off the
screen.
2Press the Battery door near the top
where the door and camera sections
meet and slide it downward to remove
it from your Centro.
3Place a finger in the notch next to the
battery, and lift up the old battery at a
45-degree angle to remove it from the
compartment.
4Align the metal contacts on the new
battery with the contacts inside the
battery compartment, insert the new
battery into the compartment at a
45-degree angle, and then press it into
place.
IMPORTANT Use the battery that came
with your Centro. Do not use a battery
from another Centro model in your Centro.
Similarly, do not use the Centro battery in
another Centro model. Using a battery that
is designed for another Centro model can
damage your Centro.
5Slide the battery door onto the back of
the Centro until it clicks into place.
Battery door
Battery contacts
Centro
contacts
COMMON QUESTIONS
SCREEN 229
12
CHAPTER
6Connect your Centro to the charger or
sync cable to charge the new battery.
Screen
The screen appears blank
1When a call lasts longer than the limit
specified in Power Preferences, the
screen dims automatically. In certain
lighting conditions, the screen may
appear blank when this occurs.
Press any key except Power/End to
restore the screen to normal brightness.
Pressing Power/End hangs up the call.
The screen backlight may also be set to
dim or turn off after a specified amount
of time (see Optimizing power settings).
2When a period of inactivity lasts longer
than the limit specified in Power
Preferences, the screen turns off. Press
and release Power/End to wake up
the screen.
3Look closely at the screen. If you can
see a dim image, try adjusting the
screen brightness (see Adjusting the
brightness).
4If the screen is still blank, perform a soft
reset (see Performing a soft reset).
5If the problem persists, connect your
Centro to the charger (see Charging the
battery) and perform a soft reset again.
6If that doesn’t work, perform a hard
reset (see Performing a hard reset).
The screen doesn’t respond accurately to
taps or it activates wrong features
1Press Applications .
2Use the 5-way to select Prefs .
3Use the 5-way to select
Touchscreen.
4Follow the onscreen instructions to
align the screen.
5Select Done.
TIP
Be sure to dispose of your old battery
properly. In some areas, disposal in household
or business trash is prohibited.
TIP
To find carrying cases that protect the
screen, and other useful accessories, visit
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/.
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION
230
12
CHAPTER
6If the problem persists, check for dirt
between the screen and the edge of the
Centro.
7If you’re using a screen protector, make
sure that it is properly installed.
Theres a blinking bell in the upper-left
corner
The blinking bell in the upper-left corner of
the screen is the Alert icon. It appears
when you have alarms or messages that
you haven’t acknowledged.
1Press and hold Center or tap the
blinking bell with your stylus.
2When the list of pending alerts appears,
do either of the following:
Select the text of the alert to view the
item. The item stays in the list.
Check the box next to an alert to clear
it from the list, and then select Done.
Synchronization
Synchronization backs up the information
from your Centro onto your computer and
vice versa. If you ever need to perform a
hard reset or otherwise need to erase all
your information on your Centro, you can
synchronize your Centro with your
computer to restore the info. Similarly, if
your computer crashes and your Palm
Desktop info is damaged, you can recover
your info by synchronizing with your
Centro. To make sure you always have an
up-to-date backup of your info, synchronize
frequently.
This section describes synchronization
between your Centro and a desktop
computer running Palm Desktop software.
You can also synchronize the information
on your Centro using third-party
applications. See the documentation for
the third-party application for information
on features and configuration.
Before you attempt to synchronize, make
sure you’ve installed the desktop
synchronization software from the Palm
Software Installation CD.
TIP
Every device needs a unique name. Never
synchronize more than one device to the
same device name on your computer.
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION 231
12
CHAPTER
I can’t find my user folder
Windows: If your device name is one
word, your user folder name is the first six
characters of your device name. If your
device name is two words, your user folder
name consists of the first six characters of
the second word of your device name,
followed by the first letter of the first word.
For example, if your device name is John
Smith, your user folder is named SmithJ.
Your user folder is usually located inside
one of the following folders:
C:\Program Files\Palm\
C:\Program Files\palmOne\
C:\Program Files\Handspring\
Mac: Your user folder name is the same as
your device name and is usually found in
this location: <Mac hard drive> : Users :
<your Mac username> : Documents :
Palm : Users
What is the backup folder?
The Backup folder is located inside your
user folder (see I can’t find my user folder).
During synchronization, the HotSync®
manager puts a copy of most of your info
and applications into the Backup folder.
(Some third-party apps do not put a copy
into the Backup folder.) The next time you
sync, the HotSync manager compares the
contents of the Backup folder to the
contents of your Centro, and then restores
any missing info or applications.
If an app that you deleted reappears on
your Centro, try deleting the app from your
Backup folder.
Palm Desktop does not respond to a sync
attempt
1Make sure that the USB sync cable is
securely connected to the USB port on
your computer and on the bottom of
your Centro (see Synchronizing
information—the basics).
2Make sure that the HotSync manager is
running:
Windows: Right-click HotSync
manager in the taskbar in the
TIP
If you’re having trouble trying to sync
using an IR or Bluetooth® wireless technology
connection, try using the USB sync cable
instead. If this solves the problem, check your
IR or Bluetooth settings (see Synchronizing
information—advanced).
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION
232
12
CHAPTER
lower-right corner of your computer
screen, and make sure that Local USB
is checked. If you don’t see the HotSync
manager icon, click Start, select
Programs, select Palm, and then select
HotSync manager.
Mac: Find the Palm folder on your Mac
hard drive. Double-click the HotSync
manager icon in the Palm folder. In
the Connection Settings panel, set the
Local Setup port to Palm USB.
3Synchronize. If the synchronization is
successful, you do not need to
complete the remaining steps.
4Perform a soft reset (see Performing a
soft reset).
5Synchronize. If the synchronization is
successful, you do not need to
complete the remaining steps.
6If problems persist and you’re
synchronizing through a USB hub, try
connecting the sync cable to a different
USB port or directly to your computer’s
built-in USB port.
7Synchronize. If the synchronization is
successful, you do not need to
complete the remaining steps.
8Check the multi-connector on the
bottom of your Centro for debris or
discoloration. Carefully clean the
connector by dipping a cotton swab in
some rubbing alcohol and gently wiping
the metal contacts on the connector.
Try to sync again.
9Check the connector on the USB sync
cable for integrity and cleanliness. Make
sure the pins on the connector are
straight, protruding, and not damaged. If
the cable appears to be damaged, stop
here and locate another USB sync
cable.
10 WINDOWS ONLY Uninstall
Palm Desktop software. Click Start,
select Settings, select Control Panel,
select Add or Remove Programs,
select Palm Desktop software, and
then click Change/Remove.
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION 233
12
CHAPTER
NOTE Mac computers do not provide an
option for uninstalling Palm Desktop
software. Contact Technical Support if the
problem persists after you complete step 7.
11 Restart your computer.
12 Reinstall Palm Desktop software from
the Palm Software Installation CD that
came with your Centro.
Synchronization starts but stops without
finishing
If you upgraded from a previous Palm OS®
device or received a system error, such as
Sys0505, there may be conflicts with
software on your Centro.
1Locate your Backup subfolder and
rename the folder (for example,
BackupOld).
Windows: C:\Program
Files\Palm\<device name>
Mac: <Mac hard drive> : Applications
: Palm : Users : <device name>
NOTE Can’t find a Palm folder in Program
Files? Then look for a palmOne or
Handspring folder instead. For more info,
see I can’t find my user folder.
2Synchronize.
3If the problem is resolved, begin
reinstalling your third-party applications
one at a time by double-clicking a single
file in the original Backup subfolder that
you renamed, and sync after each
application you install. If the problem
recurs, delete the last application you
installed and report the problem to its
developer.
4WINDOWS ONLY If the Windows New
Hardware Wizard appears, the
synchronization process may be timing
out before the wizard completes its job.
TIP
The HotSync Log can give you information
about your most recent synchronization.
Windows: Right-click the HotSync manager
icon in the taskbar in the lower-right corner of
your computer screen, and then select View
Log.
Mac: Open Palm Desktop software. From the
HotSync menu, select View Log.
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION
234
12
CHAPTER
Follow all instructions in the New
Hardware Wizard, and then sync again.
5WINDOWS ONLY Uninstall
Palm Desktop software. Click Start,
select Settings, select Control Panel,
select Add or Remove Programs,
select Palm Desktop software, and
then click Change/Remove.
NOTE Mac computers do not provide an
option for uninstalling Palm Desktop
software. Contact Technical Support if the
problem persists after you complete
step 3.
6Restart your computer.
7Reinstall Palm Desktop software from
the Palm Software Installation CD that
came with your Centro.
Synchronization finishes but info doesn’t
appear where it should
1Make sure you’re synchronizing with
the intended desktop personal
information manager (PIM). The Palm
Software Installation CD enables you to
choose whether you want to
synchronize with Palm Desktop
software or Microsoft Outlook for
Windows. Reinsert the installation CD
and select Change your
synchronization method if necessary.
If you use a different PIM, you need to
install third-party software to
synchronize. For more information,
consult the company that makes the
PIM.
2If multiple Palm OS devices are
synchronizing with your computer,
make sure the name of the device you
are synchronizing appears in the User
field on the toolbar of Palm Desktop
software.
3Open HotSync manager on your
computer, and make sure the necessary
conduits are set to Synchronize the
files.
NOTE If you need to change the setting to
Synchronize the files, be sure to check
the Set as default box as well.
TIP
For more info on Outlook conduits,
right-click the HotSync manager icon in the
taskbar, select Custom, select an app with
Outlook in its name, and then select Help.
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION 235
12
CHAPTER
4WINDOWS ONLY Uninstall
Palm Desktop software. Click Start,
select Settings, select Control Panel,
select Add or Remove Programs,
select Palm Desktop software, and
then click Change/Remove.
MAC ONLY Mac computers do not
provide an option for uninstalling Palm
Desktop software. Contact Support if
the problem persists after you complete
step 3.
5Restart your computer.
6Reinstall Palm Desktop software from
the Palm Software Installation CD that
came with your Centro.
7(Outlook only) If you’re trying to
synchronize offline, set your Outlook
Calendar, Contacts, Notes, and Tasks to
be available offline.
I have duplicate entries in Microsoft
Outlook after I sync
1Open Microsoft Outlook and delete the
duplicate entries.
2On your computer, go to the application
with duplicate entries and manually
enter any info you added to your Centro
since the last time you synchronized.
3Right-click HotSync manager in the
taskbar and select Custom.
4Select an application that has duplicate
entries and also has Outlook in its
name.
5Click Change.
6Select Desktop overwrites handheld,
and then click OK.
TIP
Outlook subfolders and public folders are
not accessible with the included software. You
may want to use a third-party solution instead.
TIP
(Outlook only) If you want to sync your
info with a global Exchange Address Book,
you must copy the addresses to your local
Contacts list in Outlook (right-click the
addresses and select Add to Personal
Address Book).
COMMON QUESTIONS
SYNCHRONIZATION
236
12
CHAPTER
7If more than one application has
duplicate entries, repeat steps 4
through 6 for each application with
duplicates.
8Click Done.
9Synchronize your Centro and your
computer.
My appointments show up in the wrong
time slot after I sync
If you create an appointment in the wrong
time zone (that is, your desktop was set to
the wrong time zone), it shows up in the
wrong time zone on your Centro. To be
safe, enable local network time and avoid
assigning time zones to your
appointments.
If you’re using Microsoft Outlook:
1Make sure that you installed the
Microsoft Outlook conduit that came
with your Centro. If you’re not sure
whether this software is installed,
reinstall Palm Desktop software from
the Palm Software Installation CD that
came with your Centro.
2Open Microsoft Outlook and correct the
wrong entries.
3On your computer, manually enter any
Calendar info you added to your Centro
since the last time you synchronized.
4Click HotSync manager in the
taskbar and select Custom.
5Select an application that has both
Calendar and Outlook in its name.
6Click Change.
7Select Desktop overwrites handheld,
and then click OK.
8Synchronize your Centro and your
computer.
9Repeat steps 4 through 6 to open the
Calendar Change HotSync Action dialog
box again.
10 Make sure Synchronize the files is
selected and Set as default is checked,
and then click OK.
You should now be able to assign time
zones to your events without encountering
this problem.
COMMON QUESTIONS
PHONE 237
12
CHAPTER
If you’re using Palm Desktop software:
1On your Centro, press Calendar .
2Press Menu .
3Select Options, and then select
Preferences.
4Uncheck the New events use time
zones box (if it’s checked).
5On your computer, open Palm Desktop
software and correct the wrong entries.
6On your computer, manually enter any
Calendar info you added to your Centro
since the last time you synchronized.
7Click HotSync manager in the
taskbar and select Custom.
8Select Calendar.
9Click Change.
10 Select Desktop overwrites handheld,
and then click OK.
11 Synchronize your Centro and your
computer.
12 Repeat steps 7 through 9 to open the
Calendar Change HotSync Action dialog
box again.
13 Make sure Synchronize the files is
selected and Set as default is checked,
and then click OK.
You should now be able to assign time
zones to your events without
encountering this problem.
IMPORTANT To avoid this problem in the
future, do not assign time zones to your
events. Palm Desktop software does not
support time zones.
The text of my memos is truncated after I
sync
If you use your desktop software to create
a memo that is longer than 4,096
characters, the excess characters are
truncated when you transfer the memo to
your Centro.
Phone
Signal strength is weak
Become familiar with low coverage areas
where you live, commute, work, and play.
Then you will know when to expect signal
strength issues. You can check signal
COMMON QUESTIONS
PHONE
238
12
CHAPTER
strength by looking at the Signal Strength
icon in the title bar of the Main tab in
the Phone application. The stronger the
signal, the more bars that appear. If you are
outside a coverage area, no bars appear.
1If you’re standing, move about ten feet
in any direction.
2If you’re in a building, move near a
window. Open any metal blinds.
3If you’re in a building, move outdoors or
to a more open area.
4If you’re outdoors, move away from
large buildings, trees, or electrical wires.
5If you’re in a vehicle, move your Centro
so that it’s close to a window of your
vehicle.
My Centro won’t connect to the mobile
network
1Try the suggestions about signal
strength described in Signal strength is
weak.
2Turn off your phone and turn it on again
(see Turning your phone on and off).
3Remove the SIM card (this causes a soft
reset) and reinsert it (see Inserting the
SIM card and battery).
The other person hears an echo
Try decreasing the volume on your
Centro to avoid coupling or feedback on
the other persons end. This applies to
both the speakerphone and the
earpiece.
Position the earpiece closer to your ear
to prevent sound leaking back to the
microphone. Keep your hand away from
the microphone hole, which is on the
bottom right side of the Centro.
If you’re using the speakerphone
feature with your Centro lying on a flat
surface, try turning the Centro face
down (screen facing the surface).
I hear my own voice echo
Ask the person on the other end of the call
to turn down the volume on his or her
phone or to hold the phone closer to his or
her ear.
My voice is too quiet on the other end
Be sure to place the bottom of the
Centro, or the hands-free microphone,
close to your mouth.
COMMON QUESTIONS
PHONE 239
12
CHAPTER
Check the Signal Strength icon in
the title bar of the Main tab in the
Phone application. If the signal is weak
(few bars are displayed), try the
suggestions about signal strength
described in Signal strength is weak.
I hear static or interference
Check the Signal Strength icon in the
title bar of the Main tab in the Phone
application. If the signal is weak (few bars
are displayed), try the suggestions about
signal strength described in Signal strength
is weak.
If you’re using a Bluetooth® hands-free
device, see I hear static or interference
when using my Bluetooth
hands-free device.
My phone seems to turn off by itself
If a system error and reset occur, the
Centro automatically turns the phone on if
it was on before the reset. However, if the
Centro can’t determine if your phone was
on before the reset, the phone does not
automatically turn on (see Turning your
phone on and off). If the problem persists
and you’re using third-party applications,
see Third-party applications for additional
suggestions.
My Centro makes or answers calls when
it’s in a bag or pocket
Items in your bag or pocket may be
pressing the onscreen Answer button or
otherwise activating screen items. If this
happens, be sure to press Power/End
to turn off the screen before placing your
Centro in a bag or pocket. You may also
want to disable the screens
touch-sensitive feature during incoming
calls (see Locking your screen).
TIP
To find carrying cases that can help
prevent your Centro from making calls, as well
as other useful accessories, visit
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/.
COMMON QUESTIONS
HANDS-FREE DEVICES
240
12
CHAPTER
Hands-free devices
I can’t make or receive calls using a
Bluetooth® hands-free device
Confirm all the following:
The Bluetooth device is compatible with
your Centro. Go to go.palm.com/
centro-gsm/ for a list of compatible
devices.
Press Applications and select
Bluetooth . Make sure the
Bluetooth setting is set to On.
You have already formed a partnership
between your Centro and your
hands-free device, and the hands-free
device appears in the Trusted Devices
list. (See Connecting to a Bluetooth®
hands-free device.)
Your hands-free device is charged and
turned on.
Your Centro is within range of the
hands-free device.
If the problem persists, turn the Bluetooth
setting to Off and then turn it on again. If it
still persists, delete the partnership, and
then create a new partnership with the
hands-free device (see Connecting to a
Bluetooth® hands-free device).
I hear static or interference when using
my Bluetooth hands-free device
Try moving your Centro closer to the
hands-free device. Audio quality
degrades as the distance between your
Centro and hands-free device increases.
The effective range for a device varies
between manufacturers.
Confirm that no obstructions, including
your body, are between your Centro and
your hands-free device.
If the problem persists, turn the
Bluetooth setting to Off and then turn it
back on again. If it still persists, create a
new partnership with the hands-free
device (see Connecting to a Bluetooth®
hands-free device).
TIP
Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet in
optimum environmental conditions.
Performance and range may be affected by
physical obstacles, radio interference from
nearby electronic equipment, and other
factors.
COMMON QUESTIONS
EMAIL 241
12
CHAPTER
Some features of my Bluetooth
hands-free device don’t work with my
Centro
Check the Palm compatibility list at
go.palm.com/centro-gsm/ to ensure that
your device is compatible.
Check the documentation that came
with your device or the manufacturers
website for information specific to
your device.
Email
For troubleshooting info on the VersaMail®
application, see the User Guide for the
VersaMail Application on the Palm
Software Installation CD.
Messaging
I can’t send or receive text messages
Make sure your SIM card is inserted
correctly (see Inserting the SIM card
and battery) and your phone is turned on
(see Turning your phone on and off).
Contact your network operator to verify
that your plan includes text messaging
services, that these services have been
correctly activated, and that they are
available at your location. Your network
operator should be able to tell you if text
messaging services have been
experiencing transmission delays.
Delays can also occur between the time
that a message is sent and the time it is
received.
Verify with the recipient that the
receiving device can handle text
messages.
If a text message arrives but does not
display an alert, perform a soft reset
(see Performing a soft reset).
TIP
For best performance, keep your
Bluetooth hands-free device and your phone
on the same side of your body.
COMMON QUESTIONS
WEB
242
12
CHAPTER
I can’t send or receive multimedia
messages
Make sure your phone is turned on (see
Turning your phone on and off).
Contact your network operator to verify
that your plan includes multimedia
messaging services (MMS), that these
services have been correctly activated,
and that they are available at your
location. Your network operator should
be able to tell you if multimedia
messaging services have been
experiencing transmission delays.
Delays can also occur between the time
that a message is sent and the time it is
received.
Make sure that either of the following
icons appears in the title bar of the Main
tab: . If you do not see either of
these icons, data services are not
available in your current location and you
cannot exchange multimedia messages.
Verify with the recipient that the
receiving device can handle multimedia
messages.
If a message arrives but does not
display an alert, perform a soft reset
(see Performing a soft reset).
Web
I can’t tell if data services are available
When your phone is on, icons appear in the
title bar in the Main tab in the Phone
application to indicate whether data
services are available and whether a data
connection is active. Make sure that either
of the following icons appears in the title
bar of the Main tab: . If you do not
see either of these icons, data services are
not available in your current location and
you cannot connect to the Internet.
My Centro won’t connect to the Internet
Your Centro supports GPRS and EDGE
wireless data networks. To connect to the
Internet, you must subscribe to and
activate data services with your network
operator, and you must be in a location
with data coverage.
1Press and hold Power/End to turn off
your phone. Then press and hold the
same button to turn it back on again.
2Press Phone and look for either
of the following icons in the title bar of
the Main tab: .
COMMON QUESTIONS
WEB 243
12
CHAPTER
3If you see these icons, you are in a data
coverage area. Try connecting to the
Internet again. If you do not see either
of these icons, press
Applications , select Prefs ,
and continue with the following steps.
4Select Network.
5Select the Service pick list and select
your wireless service providers data
service.
6Select Connect.
7If the connection is successful, go to
the web browser. If you still can’t make
a connection, perform a soft reset (see
Performing a soft reset).
8If your phone did not turn on
automatically after the soft reset, press
and hold Power/End to turn on your
phone, and try connecting to the
Internet.
9Contact your network operator to verify
the following:
Your subscription plan includes
high-speed data services.
Data services have been activated on
your account.
Data coverage is available in your
location.
There are no data service outages in
your location.
I can’t access a web page
First, make sure you have Internet access:
Open the web browser and try to view
another web page you’ve loaded before. To
ensure you’re viewing the page directly
from the Internet, press Menu , select
Go, and then select Refresh.
If you can view the other web page after
you refresh it but you still can’t access the
page you were originally trying to view, the
page may contain elements that are not
supported by the web browser. These
include Flash, Shockwave, VBScript,
WMLScript, and other plug-ins.
Some websites use a redirector to their
true home page. If the web browser on
your Centro can’t follow the redirector, try
using a desktop browser to see the landing
page of the redirector, and then enter that
address in the web browser on your
Centro.
COMMON QUESTIONS
WEB
244
12
CHAPTER
It takes a long time for a web page to load
If it is taking longer than usual to load web
pages, you may have traveled from an
EDGE service area to a GPRS service area.
Although GPRS data service is considered
a high-speed data service, it seems slow if
you are used to EDGE speed.
1Press Phone and look for either
of the following icons in the title bar of
the Main tab to confirm that you have a
data connection: .
2Try opening a different web page to see
if the problem persists.
If you can open a different web page,
it is likely that the original website is
experiencing problems, and the
problem is not related to your Centro.
If the problem persists on a different
web page, you may have a problem
with your connection to your network
operator network.
3To be sure there is not a problem with
your connection to your network
provider, press and hold Power/End
to turn off your phone. Then press
and hold the same button to turn it back
on again.
4Try opening the web page again to see
if it loads faster.
An image or map is too small on
my screen
The web browser has two modes:
Optimized and Wide Page. Optimized
Mode resizes all images and page
elements to fit into a single column on the
Centro screen. Switch to Wide Page Mode
to see the full-size image (see Viewing a
web page).
You may also be able to save the image on
your Centro or an expansion card and then
view the image later on your computer.
A secure site refuses to permit a
transaction
Some websites don’t support certain
browsers for transactions. Please contact
the site’s webmaster to make sure the site
TIP
Your Centro can open your email
application when you select an email address
on a web page. If nothing happens when you
select the link, make sure your email
application is already set up.
COMMON QUESTIONS
CAMERA 245
12
CHAPTER
allows transactions using Blazer™ web
browser from your Centro.
My Bluetooth DUN connection isn’t
working
Check all of the following:
Press Applications and select
Bluetooth . Make sure the
Bluetooth setting is set to On.
You have already formed a partnership
between your Centro and your
computer (see Creating a partnership
between your Centro and your
computer).
The Bluetooth feature on your computer
is turned on.
Your Centro is within 30 feet of your
computer.
If the problem persists, try the following:
Turn the Bluetooth setting to Off and
then turn it back on again.
Try moving your Centro closer to your
computer. The effective range for a
computer varies between
manufacturers.
Confirm that no obstructions, including
your body, are between your Centro and
your computer.
If the problem persists, create a new
partnership with your computer (see
Creating a partnership between your
Centro and your computer).
Camera
Here are some tips for taking good pictures
with the built-in camera:
Clean the camera’s lens with a soft,
lint-free cloth.
Take pictures in bright lighting
conditions. Low-light images may be
grainy, due to the sensitivity of the
camera.
TIP
Bluetooth range is up to 30 feet in
optimum environmental conditions.
Performance and range may be affected by
physical obstacles, radio interference from
nearby electronic equipment, and other
factors.
COMMON QUESTIONS
MAKING ROOM ON YOUR CENTRO
246
12
CHAPTER
Hold the Centro as still as possible. Try
supporting your picture-taking arm
against your body or a stationary object
(such as a wall).
Keep the subject of the picture still.
Exposure time is longer with lower light
levels, so you may see a blur.
For best results, verify that you have the
brightest light source coming from
behind you, lighting the subject’s face.
Avoid taking indoor pictures with the
subject in front of a window or light.
Make sure the subject is at least 18
inches away from the camera to ensure
good focus.
Remember that when you synchronize
your Centro with your computer, your
camera images are stored in the My
Pictures/Palm Photos folder on your hard
drive (see Viewing pictures and videos on
your computer).
Making room on your
Centro
Keep in mind that your Centro includes an
expansion card slot, and that you can store
applications and information on expansion
cards (sold separately). However, you still
need free memory on the Centro itself to
run applications from an expansion card.
For more info on using expansion cards,
see Using expansion cards.
If you store a large number of records or
install many third-party applications, the
internal memory on your Centro may fill up.
Here are some common ways to clear
space:
Email: Messages that have large
attachments can quickly consume
memory on your Centro. Delete
messages with large attachments. If
you have hundreds of messages with or
without attachments, you may want to
delete older messages to make room
(see the User Guide for the VersaMail
Application on the Palm Software
Installation CD).
COMMON QUESTIONS
THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS 247
12
CHAPTER
Pictures & Videos: Large images take
up a lot of memory. Move images to an
expansion card or synchronize them to
your computer, and then delete the
images from your Centro (see Viewing
pictures and videos on your computer).
Music: Music files often consume a lot
of memory. Move music files to an
expansion card, or delete large files
from your Centro.
Messaging: Multimedia content can
also consume a lot of memory. Move
multimedia content to an expansion
card, or delete large files from your
Centro (see Deleting messages).
Internet: If you set a large web browser
cache, you may want to use the web
browser’s advanced Memory
Management settings to clear all recent
pages (see Customizing your web
browser settings).
Third-party applications: You can
delete infrequently used applications
(see Removing applications) or move
them to an expansion card (see Copying
applications between an expansion card
and your Centro).
Third-party
applications
Some third-party applications can cause
conflicts on your Centro. For example,
third-party applications that were not
written with the Centro keyboard and
5-way navigator in mind may cause strange
behavior or errors when using the keyboard
and 5-way navigator in these applications.
Third-party applications that modify
wireless features may require extra
troubleshooting.
If you recently installed an application and
your device seems to be stuck, try the
following:
1Perform a soft reset (see Performing a
soft reset).
2If the problem persists, perform a
system reset (see Performing a system
reset).
3Delete the most recently installed
application from your Centro (see
Removing applications).
COMMON QUESTIONS
ERROR MESSAGES
248
12
CHAPTER
4If the problem persists, perform another
system reset.
5If possible, synchronize your Centro
with your computer to back up your
most recent info.
6If you’re unable to perform the
preceding steps or the problem
persists, locate your Backup subfolder
on your computer and rename the
folder (for example, BackupOld).
Windows: C:\Program
Files\Palm\<device name>
Mac: <Mac hard drive> : Applications
: Palm : Users : <device name>
NOTE Can’t find a Palm folder in Program
Files? Then look for a palmOne or
Handspring folder instead. For more info,
see I can’t find my user folder.
7Perform a hard reset (see Performing a
hard reset).
8Sync to restore your info in Calendar,
Contacts, Tasks, Memos, and Pictures
& Videos.
9If the problem is resolved, begin
reinstalling your third-party applications
one at a time by double-clicking a single
file in the original Backup subfolder that
you renamed, and sync after each
application you install.
10 If the problem recurs, delete the last
application you installed and report the
problem to its developer.
I can’t exit a game or third-party
application
Press Option + Applications to
return to Applications View.
Getting more help
Contact the author or vendor of the
third-party software if you require further
assistance.
Error messages
Your Centro is designed to minimize
interruptions when a system error occurs.
If your Centro encounters a system error, it
automatically resets itself and resumes
functioning as normal. If possible, it even
turns the phone back on if it was on before
the error occurred.
COMMON QUESTIONS
ERROR MESSAGES 249
12
CHAPTER
Sometimes you might want to know more
about an error. Your Centro uses a special
interface to show error messages in
greater detail.
1Press Phone .
2Enter #*377, and then press Send .
3Review the screen with details about
the conditions that led up to the most
recent automatic reset.
4Select OK.
NOTE Third-party developers create their
own error messages. If you do not
understand an error message, please
contact the developer of the application for
help.
COMMON QUESTIONS
ERROR MESSAGES
250
12
CHAPTER
TERMS 251
Terms
Alt (alternative)
A keyboard key. Enter a letter on the
keyboard, and then press Alt to access
variations such as international characters
and symbols.
Applications View
The screen on your Palm®Centro
smartphone from which you can open all
applications.
Auto-off interval
The time of inactivity that passes before
the screen on your Centro turns off. The
wireless features on your Centro are
unaffected by this setting.
Beam
The process of sending or receiving an
entry or application using the infrared (IR)
port on your Centro.
Bluetooth® wireless technology
Technology that enables devices such as
the Centro, mobile phones, and computers
to connect wirelessly to each other so that
they can exchange information over short
distances. For more info, visit
www.bluetooth.com.
CSD (circuit-switched data)
A dial-up Internet connection. You pay for
the connection time, not for how much
information you transfer. Contrast with
GPRS.
Device name
The name associated with your Centro and
with the info in your desktop software. The
device name (sometimes called the
username) distinguishes your Centro from
all other Palm OS® devices. When you first
synchronize your Centro, you are asked to
give it a device name. This name appears in
the User list in Palm Desktop software.
Every Palm OS device that is synchronized
with the same computer must have a
unique device name.
Dialog box
A set of options and command buttons that
is enclosed by a border and that enables
you to carry out a specific task.
TERMS
252
EDGE (Enhanced Data rates for GSM
Evolution)
An enhanced version of GPRS that delivers
data speeds that are up to three times
faster than standard GPRS connections.
(Additional charges may apply.)
Favorite
A button that provides quick access to a
phone number (speed-dial button) or
commonly used application (such as Web
or Messaging). You can define an unlimited
number of favorite buttons in the Phone
application.
GPRS (General Packet Radio Service)
A mobile Internet connectivity technology
that allows persistent data connections.
(Additional charges may apply.)
HotSync®
The technology that synchronizes your
Centro and your computer with the simple
press of a button.
HotSync manager
The computer application that manages the
synchronization of your Centro with your
computer.
Infrared (IR)
A way of transmitting information using
light waves; this is called beaming. The IR
port on your Centro enables you to transfer
information to other IR devices within a
short radius.
Lithium ion (Li-ion)
The rechargeable battery technology used
in the Centro.
MMS
An enhanced form of messaging that
enables you to send pictures, videos,
animations, sounds, and ringtones almost
instantly.
Option key
The keyboard key that enables you to
access the alternative feature that is
indicated above the letter on each key.
Palm®Desktop software
A PIM application for computers that helps
you manage your personal information and
keep your personal information
synchronized with your Centro.
TERMS 253
Palm® OS by ACCESS
The operating system of your Centro. Palm
OS is known for its simplicity of use and for
the large number of compatible third-party
applications that can be added to your
Centro.
Palm™ Install Tool
The component on your Windows
computer that enables you to install Palm
OS applications and other information on
your Centro.
Partnership
Two Bluetooth devices—for example, your
Centro and a hands-free device—that can
connect because each device finds the
same passkey on the other device. Once
you form a partnership with a device, you
don’t need to enter a passkey to connect
with that device again. Partnership is also
known as paired relationship, pairing,
trusted device, and trusted pair on some
devices.
Phone
The application on your Centro that enables
you to make and receive phone calls.
PIM (personal information manager)
A genre of software that includes
applications such as Palm Desktop
software, Microsoft Outlook, Lotus Notes,
and ACT!. PIMs generally store contacts,
schedules, tasks, and memos.
PIN (personal identification number)
The four-digit password assigned to your
SIM card by your carrier. Turning on the PIN
lock secures your wireless account. See
also PUK.
PIN2 (personal identification number 2)
A code that protects certain network
settings such as call barring or fixed dialing.
PUK (PIN unlock key)
A special extended password assigned to
your SIM card. If you enter the wrong PIN
more than three times, your SIM card is
blocked and you must call your carrier for
the PUK.
Quick key
A letter that you can press and hold to
activate a favorite app. For example, create
a speed-dial button for your mother’s
number and enter the letter M for “Mom”
as the Quick Key. Then when you want to
TERMS
254
call her, press and hold M. Your Centro
dials the number.
SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card
The smartcard, inserted in your Centro,
that contains your mobile account
information, such as your phone number
and the services to which you subscribe.
Phonebook entries and SMS messages
can also be stored on the SIM card.
Slide
A collection of text, pictures, videos, and
sounds that are grouped together within a
multimedia message created in the
Messaging application. During playback, all
the items within a particular slide appear
on the same screen. If a multimedia
message contains multiple slides, each
slide can be viewed separately during
playback.
SMS
The service that exchanges short text
messages almost instantly. Text messages
are typically sent to a mobile phone
number, rather than to an email address
(although this too is possible). These
messages can usually include up to 160
characters; messages with more than 160
characters are automatically split into
several messages. You can send and
receive SMS messages while you are on a
voice call.
Streaming
Technology that enables you to access
media content—for example, watch video
or listen to an audio program—directly
from the Internet on your Centro without
needing to download a file to save on your
Centro.
User folder
The folder on your computer that contains
the information you enter in Palm Desktop
software and the information you enter on
your Centro and synchronize with
Palm Desktop software.
IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 255
Important safety and
legal information
FCC Notice
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits
for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no
guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If
this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television
reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and
on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or
more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from
that to which the receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1 This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2 This device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
Antenna Care/Unauthorized Modifications
Use only the supplied integral antenna. Unauthorized antenna
modifications or attachments could damage the unit and may violate
FCC regulations. Any changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
FCC RF Safety Statement
In order to comply with FCC RF exposure safety guidelines, users
MUST use one of the following types of bodyworn accessories.
3A Palm
® brand body-worn accessory that has been tested for
SAR compliance and is intended for use with this product.
4 An accessory that contains NO metal (snaps, clips, etc.) and
provides AT LEAST 1.5 cm of separation between the users body
and the unit.
Do NOT use the device in a manner such that it is in direct contact
with the body (i.e., on the lap or in a breast pocket). Such use will
likely exceed FCC RF safety exposure limits. See www.fcc.gov/oet/
rfsafety/ for more information on RF exposure safety.
To view the highest reported (FCC) specific absorption rates (SAR)
values of the Palm®Centro smart device, visit www.palm.com/
10120.
Declaration of Conformity
This device meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines and
is certified with the FCC as.
FCC ID number: O8F-728.
Industry Canada ID number: 3905A-728
More information on the device's SAR can be found from the
following FCC website: https://gullfoss2.fcc.gov/prod/oet/cf/eas/
reports/GenericSearch.cfm.
Declaration of Conformity
We, Palm Inc., declare under sole responsibility that the product:
Model name: Centro
Description: PDA phone
Is in conformity with the following standards and/or other normative
document:
ETSI EN 301 511
ETSI EN 301 908-1
ETSI EN 301 908-2
ETSI EN 300 328
IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION
256
ETSI EN 301 489-1/-7/-17/-24
• EN60950-1
EN 50360
We hereby declare that the above named product is in conformance
to all essential requirements of the RTTE Directive 1999/5/EC.
The conformity assessment procedure referred to in Article 10 and
detailed in Annex IV of directive 1999/5/EC has been related to
Articles:
R&TTE Article 3.1 (a) Health and Safety
R&TTE Article 3.1 (b) EMC
R&TTE Article 3.2 Spectrum Usage
Identification mark: 0984 (Notified Body) CE.
This identification mark is permanently provided on the device label.
The technical documentation relevant to the above equipment will be
held at:
Palm Inc.
950 W Maude Avenue
Sunnyvale, CA. 94085
U.S.A.
Person responsible for making this declaration:
David Woo/Sr Compliance Engineer
Sunnyvale/August 31, 2006
Bluetooth® Qualification Program
Information about this listing can be found at:
https://programs.bluetooth.org/tpg/listings.cfm
Bluetooth® QD ID: B013349
Static Electricity, ESD, and Your Palm® Device
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) can cause damage to electronic devices
if discharged into the device, so you should take steps to avoid such
an occurrence.
Description of ESD Static electricity is an electrical charge caused
by the buildup of excess electrons on the surface of a material. To
most people, static electricity and ESD are nothing more than
annoyances. For example, after walking over a carpet while scuffing
your feet, building up electrons on your body, you may get a shock—
the discharge event—when you touch a metal doorknob. This little
shock discharges the built-up static electricity.
ESD-susceptible equipment Even a small amount of ESD can
harm circuitry, so when working with electronic devices, take
measures to help protect your electronic devices, including your
Palm® device, from ESD harm. While Palm has built protections
against ESD into its products, ESD unfortunately exists and, unless
neutralized, could build up to levels that could harm your equipment.
Any electronic device that contains an external entry point for
plugging in anything from cables to docking stations is susceptible to
entry of ESD. Devices that you carry with you, such as your Palm
device, build up ESD in a unique way because the static electricity
that may have built up on your body is automatically passed to the
device. Then, when the device is connected to another device such
as a docking station, a discharge event can occur.
Precautions against ESD Make sure to discharge any built-up
static electricity from yourself and your electronic devices before
touching an electronic device or connecting one device to another.
The recommendation from Palm is that you take this precaution
before connecting your Palm device to your computer, placing a
device in a cradle, or connecting it to any other device. You can do
this in many ways, including the following:
Ground yourself when you’re holding your device by
simultaneously touching a metal surface that is at earth ground.
For example, if your computer has a metal case and is plugged
into a standard three-prong grounded outlet, touching the case
should discharge the ESD on your body.
Increase the relative humidity of your environment.
Install ESD-specific prevention items, such as grounding mats.
IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION 257
Conditions that enhance ESD occurrences Conditions that can
contribute to the buildup of static electricity in the environment
include the following:
Low relative humidity.
Material type. (The type of material gathering the charge. For
example, synthetics are more prone to static buildup than natural
fibers like cotton.)
The rapidity with which you touch, connect, or disconnect
electronic devices.
While you should always take appropriate precautions to discharge
static electricity, if you are in an environment where you notice ESD
events, you may want to take extra precautions to protect your
electronic equipment against ESD.
Battery safety information
Do not disassemble or open, crush, bend or deform, puncture or
shred.
Do not modify or remanufacture, attempt to insert foreign objects
into the battery, immerse or expose to water or other liquids,
expose to fire, explosion or other hazard.
Only use the battery for the system for which it is specified.
Only use the battery with a charging system that has been
qualified with the system per this standard. Use of an unqualified
battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage,
or other hazard.
Do not short-circuit a battery or allow metallic conductive objects
to contact battery terminals.
Replace the battery only with another battery that has been
qualified with the system per this standard, IEEE-Std-1725-200x.
Use of an unqualified battery may present a risk of fire, explosion,
leakage or other hazard.
Promptly dispose of used batteries in accordance with local
regulations.
Battery usage by children should be supervised.
Avoid dropping the phone or battery. If the phone or battery is
dropped, especially on a hard surface, and the user suspects
damage, take it to a service center for inspection.
Improper battery use may result in a fire, explosion or other
hazard.
Precaution against hearing loss Protect your hearing. Listening to
this device at full volume for a long period of time can damage your
hearing.
A pleine puissance, l'écoute prolongée du baladeur peut
endommager l'oreille de l'utilisateur. Consultez notre site web
www.palm.com/fr pour plus d'informations.
Usage Log Your smartphone includes a Usage Log that records
software application launches and any device crashes or resets. A
hard reset will not erase the Usage Log. We may, for diagnostic
purposes, access the Usage Log in products returned to Palm.
Waste disposal Please recycle appropriately. For appropriate
recycling and disposal instructions please visit: www.palm.com/
environment.
IMPORTANT SAFETY AND LEGAL INFORMATION
258
SPECIFICATIONS 259
Specifications
Radio GSM 850/900/1800/1900 quad band world phone
GPRS class 10, class B
EDGE up to 59kbps per time slot
Supports CSD (circuit-switched data)
Phone features Speakerphone
Hands-free headset jack (2.5mm, 4-barrel connector)
Microphone mute option
TTY/TDD compatible
3-way calling
Processor technology Intel PXA270 Bulverde processor, 312MHz
Expansion MicroSD card slot
Battery 11850mAH, rechargeable lithium ion
Removable for replacement
Palm OS® version Palm OS 5.4.9
Camera 1.3 megapixel
Still-image capture resolution (1280 x 1024)
2x digital zoom
Video capture resolution (352 x 288)
Automatic light balance
SPECIFICATIONS
260
Size 107.2 mm x 53.65 mm x 18.6 mm
Weight 116.8 grams
Connectivity IR
Bluetooth® wireless technology (1.2 compliant)
Display Touch-sensitive LCD screen (includes stylus)
65,536 colors (16-bit color)
User-adjustable brightness
320 x 320 resolution
Keyboard Built-in QWERTY keyboard plus 5-way navigator
Backlight for low lighting conditions
SPECIFICATIONS 261
Included software Phone (including Favorites
and Dial Pad)
Pics & Videos (includes
camera and camcorder)
Messaging (text and
multimedia)
Blazer® web browser
(Internet)
Pocket Tunes™
VersaMail® (email)
Contacts
Calendar
Memos
Tasks
SIM Book
SIM Services
Google Maps
Voice Dial
Voice Memo
Documents To Go
Professional®
Calculator (Basic and
Advanced)
World Clock
My Palm Centro
Palm®Desktop software
and HotSync® manager
Quick Tour
System requirements Windows 2000, XP, or Vista with USB port
Mac OS 10.2–10.3 with USB port
Later versions may also be supported
Operating and storage
temperature range
32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
5% to 90% relative humidity (RH)
SPECIFICATIONS
262
INDEX 263
Index
SYMBOLS
! in Tasks list 168
NUMERICS
24-hour clock 207
5-way navigator 35, 36
911 calls 213
A
AC charger 19
accented characters 41, 42
accessing
application menus 37
applications 44
command buttons 37
documentation 11
email 89, 220
Palm online support 11
Quick Tour 11
web browser 44, 122
World Clock 165
accessories 16
Account Setup dialog 94
accounts
call forwarding and 63
conference calls and 62
customer support for 11
email and. See email
accounts
phone services and 10
text messages and 107
TTY connections and 83
voicemail and 57
Active Call View 58
active calls. See phone calls
Activity Log 102
Add Bookmark command
123
Add Call button 61
Add Contact command 61
Add New Number dialog 60
Add New Number prompt 61
Add Song button 153
Add to album command 147
adding
accessories 16
bookmarks 123
caller IDs 68, 69, 70
captions to photos 140,
147
cities to World Clock 165
contacts 66
emoticons 108
events 158, 159
favorite buttons 71–73
partnerships 76, 130
passwords 215, 216
photos or videos to
albums 146
playlists 153, 154
private entries 215
QuickText phrases 108
signatures 104
tasks 166
wallpaper 147
addresses
adding recipients 73, 107
entering web 122
getting maps to 67–68
highlighting 36
looking up 106
selecting 36, 121
sending messages and
92, 95, 107, 109, 111
synchronizing 235
viewing website 127
Advanced Mode (calculator)
180, 181
agenda lists 157
Agenda View 81, 157, 162
Alarm check box 159
alarm clock 166
alarm preferences 166
INDEX
264
alarms
adding calendar 159, 163
adding task 167, 169
recording tones for 164
selecting tones for 163,
164, 169
Album command 147
Album list 96, 144, 147
albums. See photo albums;
video albums
alert buttons 111
Alert dialog box 57, 111, 179
Alert Sound pick list 102
alert tones 80, 102, 116
alerts
See also alarms
clearing 180
displaying 85, 179
downloading messages
and 102, 105, 111
hiding text in 115
receiving 57
responding to 111, 230
aligning the screen 207
Alt key 41, 251
alternate characters 41, 42
answering phone 56, 62, 78
antenna 255
applets 121
application categories 209
application list view 209
applications
See also specific built-in
app; third-party apps
accessing menus in 37
beaming 190
changing default 210
closing 43, 248
copying 199
customizing 208–211
defining buttons for 73,
209
deleting 27, 184, 185
displaying 44, 45, 209
downloading 125, 183
getting help with 184
highlighting 44, 45
installing 182–184, 223
making phone calls and 60
moving around in 33
opening 43, 44, 198
playing music and 153
running on expansion
cards 246
searching in 179
selecting 44
sending over Bluetooth
devices 187
synchronizing 30, 191
transferring to device 26
troubleshooting 223
updating information in 30
upgrading and 27
viewing information about
11, 186
Applications button 43, 45
Applications View 44–45,
209, 251
appointments 158, 236
See also events
Archive folder 185
area codes 82
area conversions 181
arrow icons 35
Ask to add unknown phone
numbers check box 70
Attach Signature option 104
attachments
adding 96–97
displaying 99, 173
downloading 99, 103
removing 96
storing large 246
supported formats for 173
attendee information 160
audio. See music; sounds;
voice memos
INDEX 265
audio adapters 75
Audio Caption command 140
Auto Lock Device option 215
Auto naming pick list 143
Auto Sync 101, 102
Auto-complete option 128
Auto-hide Toolbar option 145
Auto-Keyguard pick list 212
Auto-off After pick list 219
auto-off interval 251
B
back icon (browser) 123
Background check box 162
background music 145
backgrounds 81, 162
backing up info 26, 30, 227
backlight 39, 206
Backlight button 206
Backspace key 39
Backup folder 185, 224
Basic Mode (calculator) 180
battery
charging 19–21
conserving 22, 219
disposing of 229
inserting 18, 227–229
precautions for 19
removing 228
replacing 22, 227
viewing status 20, 21, 86
battery door release 16
battery icons 21, 85
Beam Business Card
command 71
Beam Category command
189
Beam command 189, 190
Beam From pick list 190
Beam Receive pick list 220
Beam Status dialog 189, 190
beaming 189–190, 220, 251
bell icon 85, 230
blank screens 229
blank text messages 107
blank time slots 162
blinking bell 85, 230
Bluetooth adapters 130, 131
Bluetooth application 75
Bluetooth devices
connecting to 75, 132–
136, 193
disabling 77, 188
enabling 77, 188
entering passkeys for 134,
135
optimal range for 75
receiving calls and 59, 77,
239
receiving info over 188
sending over 187
switching between 78
synchronizing over 193,
195, 231
troubleshooting 240, 241,
245
visibility options for 134,
135, 188, 194
Bluetooth icon 75, 86
Bluetooth icons (Phone
application) 85
Bluetooth technology 130,
186, 251
bonus software. See built-in
apps
Bookmark Page icon 125
bookmarks 123–125, 189
Bookmarks View 124
Bookmarks View icon 124
border glow (highlight) 36
brightness (screen) 58, 206,
219
brightness duration
(backlight) 206, 220
Brightness slider 219
browsing files 199
INDEX
266
built-in apps 11, 185, 261
See also applications;
specific app
built-in camera. See camera
built-in security software 211
business cards 70
buttons
See also favorite buttons
accessing command 37
customizing 209
disabling 59, 212
navigating and 35, 36
opening apps and 43
restoring default 210
speed-dialing and 54, 72–
73
web browsing and 123
Buttons Preferences screen
209
C
cache 129, 247
Calc button 180
calculating device space 26
calculator 41, 180
Calculator app 180–181
calculator modes 180
calendar
accessing 157
adding alarms 159, 163
adding events 158, 159,
160
color-coding events 161
customizing 162–163
deleting events 161
saving 112
viewing items on 82, 162
Calendar application
changing fonts for 206
changing views for 157
opening 44, 82
overview 157
setting default view 162
Calendar button 43, 44, 157
calendar views 157, 162
call forwarding 63–65
call forwarding icon 84
Call Log screen 55, 65
Call Log tab 23
Call Preferences dialog box
63, 64
Call Totals dialog box 65
call waiting 62
Call Waiting dialog box 62
caller IDs 68, 69, 70
calls. See phone calls
camcorder resolution 141
Camcorder View 141, 142,
147
camera 139, 245, 259
camera buttons 140
Camera icon 139
camera lens 16
camera settings 142
Camera View 142, 147
cancelling menu selections
37
Caps Lock mode 40
captions. See voice captions
car kits 74
Card category 198
Card Info 200–201
Card Info button 200
card readers 151
carrying cases 239
cascading style sheets 123,
128
Category command 209
category marker 162
category names 209
Category pick list 162, 163,
168, 209
Category tab 168
CDs 151
Center button 15
INDEX 267
Centro smart device
connecting to PCs 29
Centro smartphone
adding security for 217
charging 19, 20, 22
compatible hands-free
devices for 74
displaying space on 26
features described 15–17
freeing space on 26, 184,
246
getting help with 11, 221
installing third-party apps
and 28, 247
locking 214, 215
naming 27, 230
not responding 225
personalizing 203
precautions for 255, 257
protecting 211–217
setting up 13
storing 16, 17
troubleshooting 11, 221
turning on and off 49
unlocking 213
unpacking 9
certificates 121
changing
bookmarks 124
contact information 67
default applications 210
email accounts 100
events 161
favorite buttons 73
owner information 217
passwords 215, 217
personal IDs 213
playlists 153
primary buttons 210
QuickText phrases 108
screen fonts 206
sync defaults 191, 192,
193, 201
sync method 234
web page layouts 122
character entry 40, 42
character limits
memos 174
text messages 107
character searches 179
charge indicator 15, 20, 21
charger cable 20
charging battery 19–21
charging device 19, 20, 22
chat icon 114, 117
chat sessions 113, 115
Chat View 111, 113
Choose song button 152
Choose Songs command
153
circuit-switched data
connections 251
city information 165, 218
City pick list 165
Clear Cache button 129
Clear Cookies button 129
clock 164, 207
See also World Clock
closing
application menus 37
applications 43, 248
pick lists 38
color palette 142
color preferences 115, 142,
208
color themes 208
color-coding events 161
colored backgrounds 36
command buttons 37
completed tasks 167, 168,
169
completion dates 169
Compress Day View check
box 162
compressed files 182, 183
computers
connecting device to 29
INDEX
268
creating partnerships for
130
installing from 183, 225
quarantined files on 223
setting up DUN
connections for 131
synchronizing with 25–30,
31
transferring apps to 183
transferring media to 148
transferring music from
150, 151–152
Con button (calculator) 181
Conduit Settings command
192
conduits 158, 234
Conference button 63
conference calls 62–63
Confirm message deletion
check box 115
conflicting apps 199, 223
conflicting events 162
Connect Bluetooth
command 77
connection icons (phone) 84
connection icons (web) 122
connections
Bluetooth devices and 75,
132, 187, 188, 193
device to PCs 29
dial-up networking and
129, 132
hands-free devices and
75–78
messaging preferences
for 115
restrictions for 60
synchronizing over
Bluetooth 193, 195
synchronizing over
infrared 196–197
troubleshooting 238, 242,
245
VPNs and 220
web services and 122,
129, 242
constants 181
Contact Edit dialog box 66
contact names 52
contacts
adding photos to 68, 147
adding ringtones for 69,
70
categorizing 67
changing info for 67
copying 71
creating 66
deleting 70
displaying 67
entering events for 160
entering phone numbers
for 60, 65
getting directions for 67
importing 67
looking up 52, 81
marking as private 67
saving 112
setting preferences for 70
sorting 66, 70
viewing details about 53,
54
Contacts application 65, 70,
206
Contacts list 66, 70
Contacts tab 23
contracts 10
conversion functions
(calculator) 180, 181
cookies 121, 128, 129
Copy button 146, 200
Copy command 126, 199
Copy Items dialog box 146
Copy items to pick list 146
Copy to command 146
Copy To pick list 200
copying
applications 199
INDEX 269
contact information 71
media files 150
messages 112
phone numbers 51, 127
photos or videos 146
text 126
copyrighted materials 145
corporate email accounts
220
corporate servers 220
country-specific preferences.
See language settings
coupling 238
coverage area 22, 50, 237
coverage area alerts 80
Coverage in/out pick list 80
crashes 230
Create chats from messages
pick list 115
creating
application categories 209
bookmarks 123
business cards 70
contacts 66
email messages 10, 95,
121
events 158, 159
multimedia messages
109–110
partnerships 76, 130
passwords 215, 216
playlists 153, 154
private entries 215
speed-dial buttons 72–73
text memos 175
text messages 107–108
voice captions 140, 147
voice memos 175
CSD (circuit-switched data)
connections 251
current date and time 164
current events 82
Current Privacy list 216
customer service 11
customizing
applications 208–211
buttons 209
calendar 162–163
chat sessions 115
email 101–104
hands-free devices 78
MMS messaging 114
system date and time 218
system sounds 205–206
tasks 169
web browser 127–129
D
d 121
daily events 163
data. See information
data service icons 122
data services 89, 121
databases 179
Date & Time Preferences
screen 159, 218
date formats 207
date preferences 218
Date stamp pick list 143
dates
See also calendar
adding to photos 143
changing event 161
completing tasks and 167,
168, 169
selecting 158
setting system 218
sorting on 113
viewing current 164
viewing due 168, 169
Day View 157, 162
daylight savings 165, 166
decimal values 181, 207
decompression utilities 183
Default Alarm pick list 164
INDEX
270
Default Apps Preferences
screen 210
default settings 210
Default View pick list 82, 162
degrees 181
delays 215, 241, 242
Delete Contact command 70
Delete events older than pick
list 161
Delete From pick list 185
Delete Memo command 175
Delete Task command 169
Deleted folder 111
deleting
albums 147, 148
alerts 180
applications 27, 184, 185
attachments 96
bookmarks 124
contacts 70
cookies 129
device names 27
email 100, 246
events 161
favorite buttons 74
files 247
memos 175
messages 111, 113, 115
music from playlists 154
passwords 215
photos 140, 147, 148
playlists 154
tasks 169
video clips 142, 147, 148
desktop software. See Palm
Desktop software
device
features described 9
getting help with 11
device names
Bluetooth devices and 76,
194
defined 251
selecting 230
selecting Centro 27
devices. See Bluetooth
devices; hands-free
devices; Centro smart
device
Dial another call prompt 61
Dial button 55
Dial Number dialog box 55
Dial Pad 23, 41, 51, 59
Dial Pad button 59
Dial Preferences screen 82
dial text message 132
dialog boxes 11, 37, 251
dial-up networking 85, 129–
132, 245
digital cameras 143
See also camera
dimmed images 229
dimming backlight 206, 219
dimming the screen 44
Disable cookies box 128
Disable JavaScript box 128
disabling touch-sensitive
features 212
discovery 133, 134, 188
Discovery icon 134
Discovery Results list 134,
187
discussion groups 12
display formats 207
Display my name in chat
window as option 115
Display Options box 162
Display Options command
162
displaying
alerts 179
application info 186
application menus 37
applications 44, 45, 209
attachments 99, 173
bookmarks 124
INDEX 271
connection info 122, 132
contact info 53, 54, 67
current date and time 164
due dates 168, 169
email messages 97, 98,
157, 162
error messages 249
event categories 162
events 82, 162, 163
favorite buttons 54
free space 26
items in pick lists 38
multimedia messages
111, 112
personal calendar 157
phone status 84
photos 143, 144, 148
private entries 216
signal strength 84
slide shows 145
tasks 157, 162, 168, 169
video clips 143, 144, 148
video recording time 141
web addresses 127
web pages 121, 123
documentation 10, 11, 35
Documents application
See also Documents To
Go
Documents button 174
Documents To Go 173–174
downloading
applications 125, 183
attachments 99, 103
email messages 101
files 125, 143, 182
multimedia messages
110, 116
Palm info and updates 11
ringtones 78, 125
text messages 110
Downloads bookmark 125
drafts 95, 108
drained battery icon 21
draining the battery 20, 21
Draw on command 140
drivers 196
drop-down lists. See pick lists
Due Date pick list 167
due dates 167, 169
DUN connections 85, 129–
132, 245
E
earpiece 15
echoes 238
EDGE connections 84, 242,
244, 252
Edit Bookmark List dialog box
125
Edit Bookmarks command
124, 125
Edit Categories option 161
Edit Category screen 70
Edit Favorite command 73
Edit Location dialog box 218
Edit Playlist dialog box 153,
154
edit screens 37
Effects pick list 142
email
See also attachments
accessing 89, 220
adding signatures 104
addressing 73, 95
checking 86, 157, 162
creating 10, 95, 121
defining buttons for 73
deleting 100, 246
dialing from 54
forwarding 98
resending 96
restrictions for 60
retrieving 86, 97, 101
scrolling 98
selecting default
application for 210
INDEX
272
sending 95, 105, 111, 121
setting alerts for 102
setting preferences for
101, 103
sorting 100
troubleshooting 241
viewing status of 99
email accounts
changing 100
setting up 90, 92, 93, 104
Email application. See
VersaMail application
email applications 65, 89,
210, 244
Email icon 92
email providers 89, 90
emergency calls 213
emoticons 108
empty battery icon 21
empty time slots 162
Empty Trash command 100
Enable background play
check box 153
Enable Fixed Number Dialing
check box 213
encryption 121
Eng(x) display format 181
engineering notation 181
Enhanced Data rates for
GSM Evolution. See EDGE
connections
envelope icon 100
errors 233, 239, 248
Escalate ring tone volume
check box 79
event conflicts 162
Event Details dialog box 159,
160, 161
event preferences 159
events
adding alarms for 159, 163
categorizing 161
changing 161
color-coding 161
creating 158, 159
deleting 161
displaying 82, 162, 163
entering incorrect time
zones and 236
scheduling repeating 160
synchronizing 157
troubleshooting 236–237
viewing duration of 162
Excel spreadsheets 97, 173
Exchange ActiveSync
accounts 104, 106
Exchange Address Book 235
Exchange servers 104, 106,
157
exiting applications 248
expansion card slot 197, 198
expansion cards
accessing items on 199
caution for 199, 201
copying to 146, 199
deleting apps on 184
displaying photo or video
albums on 144
downloading to 125
formatting 200, 201
inserting 197
managing files on 199
moving files to 27, 150
opening items on 174,
198, 246
removing 198
renaming 200
sending attachments to 99
storing information on
177, 197
transferring applications
from 26, 199
troubleshooting 200
viewing information about
200
Export to SIM command 71
INDEX 273
extensions (phone) 59, 72
Extra Digits button 59
Extract Call button 63
F
fade setting 162
Fast mode (browser) 128
Fast mode icon 123
favorite buttons 54, 71–74,
252
Favorites tab 23, 54
FDN list 214
features 9
feedback 238
files
See also specific type
accessing 173, 220
attaching to email 96, 97
browsing 199
checking size of 186
deleting 247
downloading 125, 143,
182
moving 27, 150, 247
opening 173, 174
saving 174
streaming 126
transferring to device 26,
173
Files application 199
financial calculator 180
financial functions 181
Find dialog box 179
Find Text on Page command
127
finding
chat sessions 114
contacts 52, 81
specific characters 179
text 127, 179
wireless services 83
firewalls 220
Fixed display format 181
fixed number dialing 213
flight mode 50
Float display format 181
folder pick list 100
folders
accessing 235
deleting messages in 113
locating 231
sorting messages in 112
switching between Inbox
100
Font command 122, 206
fonts 122, 206, 207
forgetting passwords 214,
217
Format Card command 201
format options (email) 104
Formats Preferences screen
207
formatting expansion cards
200, 201
forums 12
Forward all calls list 64
forward icon (browser) 123
forwarding
email 98
phone calls 63–65
Free Space information 26
freeing memory 129, 184,
246
freezes 226
full charge (battery) 19
G
Game Volume pick list 206
General Packet Radio Service
technology. See GPRS
connections
getting started 10, 11, 23
Glossary 251
Google Maps 67
GPRS connections 84, 242,
244, 252
GPS receivers 135
INDEX
274
gradients 181
graphics. See images
groupware information 104
H
Handheld overwrites
Desktop option 192
Handheld overwrites
Macintosh option 193
hands-free devices
adding 74, 77
checking status of 85
connecting to 75–78, 132
customizing 78
disabling or enabling 59
entering passkeys for 76
finding compatible 75
troubleshooting 240–241
Hands-free Setup button 76
hanging up phone 60, 62, 63
hard resets 214, 226
hardware 9
headphones 75, 148
headset button 56, 59
headset jack 16
headsets 60, 74, 135
help 11, 221, 248
hexadecimal characters 181
Hide Records option 215
hiding
blank time slots 162
private entries 215, 216
toolbars 126, 145
highlight, moving 36
highlighting
applications 44, 45
items in pick lists 38
menu items 37
phone numbers 55
text 36, 37
web links 36, 122
hints 215
History list 127
Hold button 59
holidays 160
home city 165
home page 123, 127
HotSync icon 191, 232
HotSync Log 233
HotSync manager 195, 196,
252
HotSync operations. See
synchronization
HotSync Setup button 194
HotSync technology 252
HTML messages 98, 104
hyper links. See web links
I
icons 209
image files 109, 125, 143
images
See also photos; pictures
dimmed 229
disabling web 123, 128
downloading 125
saving 126
selecting as wallpaper 81
sending 109
transferring to expansion
cards 27, 247
troubleshooting 244
importing
contact information 67
phone numbers 167
inactivity 215, 219, 229
Inbox 97, 99, 117
Incoming dialog box 103
incompatible applications
199, 223
Incompatible Apps folder 26
indicator light 15, 20, 21
Info screens 186
information
backing up 26, 30, 227
beaming 189
entering 39–41
INDEX 275
erasing all 230
losing 201, 214, 226, 227
marking private 215–216
masking 211, 216
protecting 211, 214
receiving 188, 190
sending over Bluetooth
devices 187
storing 177, 197, 246
synchronizing 28, 30, 191
transferring 26, 189
updating 30, 177
upgrading and 27
infrared port. See IR port
Install Tool 253
installing
applications 182–184, 223
Palm software 25, 27,
183, 225
SIM cards 17–19
synch software 28–29
third-party applications
246
VPN client software 220
interference 239, 240
internal memory. See
memory
international characters. See
alternate characters
international clock. See
World Clock
international information. See
language settings
Internet 119, 143, 182, 242
See also web browsing
Into album pick list 146
invalid characters 108
IR port
beaming from 189, 190
defined 252
synchronizing over 196,
231
iTunes 149, 150, 151
J
JavaScript elements 128
K
key terms. See Glossary
keyboard
dialing from 52
entering alternate
characters from 41, 42
entering info from 39–41
locking 49, 211
restoring defaults for 210
searching from 82
keyboard backlight 39, 206
Keyguard 49, 211–212
Known Caller pick list 79
L
Label color pick list 115
land-line phones 56
language settings 19, 207,
225
Lanyard loop 16
laptops 195, 196
LED light 15, 20, 21
length functions 181
lightning bolts 21, 86
links. See URLs; web links
List By option 70
list screens 36, 37
See also pick lists
list view (applications) 209
listening to
music 75, 148, 152
voice captions 144
voice memos 176
voicemail 57
location information 218
Lock & Turn Off option 215
lock codes 213
Lock Device dialog box 215
Lock icon 122, 145, 189
Lock SIM check box 213
INDEX
276
locking
keyboard 49, 211
phone 213–214
screen 212
smart device 214, 215
logging in to corporate
servers 220
logic functions 181
looping (device) 226
losing
information 201, 214,
226, 227
passwords 214, 217
low coverage areas 237
lowercase letters 40
M
Mac systems
installing from 29, 183
removing apps and 185
requirements for 25
synchronizing and 192,
197, 232
transferring music from
150, 151
uninstalling desktop
software and 233
upgrading and 27, 224,
233
magnet 17
mail. See email
mail servers 94, 105
Mail Type pick list 94
Main tab 23, 50, 81
Manage Playlists command
153, 154
map (World Clock) 165
maps 67–68
marking information as
private 215–216
masks 211, 216
mathematical functions 181
Media application 148
media features 22, 49
Media Player 149, 151
memory
freeing 129, 184, 246
running apps and 246
saving 161
storing web pages and
129
memory slots (calculator)
181
memos 175, 237
See also notes; voice
memos
Memos application
changing fonts for 206
opening 44, 175
overview 171
Memos button 175
Menu icon 37
menu items 37
Menu key 15, 39
menu shortcuts 38
menus 37
message icons 117
Message Tone pick list 117
messages
See also email; multimedia
and text messages
defining buttons for 73
displaying status of 117
invalid characters in 108
retrieving voicemail 57, 85
saving as drafts 95, 108
selecting phone numbers
in 54
setting color of 115
setting formats for 104
setting preferences for
114–117
setting priority for 110
troubleshooting 241, 242
Messages tab 114
Messaging application
changing fonts for 206
INDEX 277
customizing 114
opening 44
overview 107
sorting options for 113
status icons for 117
viewing contacts and 65
messaging applications 210
Messaging button 15, 43, 44
messaging services 107
metric values 181
microphone 16, 59, 143
Microsoft Excel
spreadsheets 97, 173
Microsoft Exchange servers
104, 106, 157
Microsoft Office Manager
See Documents To Go
Microsoft Outlook. See
Outlook
Microsoft Windows. See
Windows systems
Microsoft Word 97, 173
mirror 16
mismatched languages 225
MMS messaging 107, 252
MMS messaging services
10, 242
MMS Receipts option 115
mobile networks 238
modems 130
Modify FDN command 214
Month View 157, 163
moving around device 33, 35
moving through web pages
122, 128
multimedia files 109, 143,
144, 247
multimedia icons 117
multimedia messages
adding voice memos 176
addressing 109
attaching photos or videos
to 140, 142, 145
checking status of 86
copying 112
creating 109–110
deleting 111, 113, 115
dialing from 54
displaying 111, 112
downloading 110, 116
playing 112
previewing 110
prioritizing 110
restrictions for 60
retrieving 86
sending 107, 110
setting alert tones for 116
setting delivery
confirmation for 115
sorting 112
storing 247
troubleshooting 107, 242
viewing details of 112
multimedia messaging
services. See MMS
messaging services
music
adjusting volume 152
answering phone and 56
changing playlists for 153
converting 149, 150, 151
creating playlists for 153,
154
downloading 125
listening to 75, 148, 152
memory and 247
pausing 152
playing 126, 152, 153
selecting 152
stopping 153
uploading 150
music files 125, 150, 247
music player. See Pocket
Tunes
Music_Audio folder 151
Mute button 59
INDEX
278
My Centro icon 11
N
names
sorting on 113
synchronizing and 230,
251
naming
categories 209
device 27, 230
expansion cards 200
photo albums 139
photo groups 143
playlists 153
video albums 141
voice memos 176
navigator buttons 35, 36
network connection icon 132
Network tab 115
networks 83, 116, 238, 242
New Bookmark dialog 123
New Contact command 66
New Favorite command 72
New Favorites dialog 72, 73
New message option 114
New Message screen 95
Next Song button 152
Normal mode 123, 128
Note button 67
notes 67, 161, 167, 174
notifications 57
See also alerts
number formats 207
number pad 66
numbers 40, 180, 181
O
offline synchronization 235
offline viewing (web) 124
on-device documentation 11
online forums 12
online support (Palm) 11
opening
applications 43, 44, 198
Applications View 44
Call Log 55
Dial Pad 51, 59
email applications 244
files 173, 174
History list 127
HotSync manager 191
Pocket Tunes 152
Quick Tour 11
Redial list 55
web browser 44, 122
World Clock 165
operating systems 25, 225,
253
Optimized Mode 121, 122
Option key 39, 40, 44, 252
Option Lock mode 40, 108
Organize Favorites command
72, 74
organizer features 22, 49,
155
Outbox 95, 117
Outlook
adding caller IDs and 69
appointments and 158
duplicate entries in 235
synchronizing with 29,
235
time zones and 158, 236
Outlook folders 235
overdue tasks 157, 162, 168
owner information 217
Owner Preferences screen
217
P
Page View 124, 127
paging 107
pairing. See partnerships
Palm Desktop software
adding caller IDs and 69
appointments and 158
defined 252
INDEX 279
installing 25, 27, 183, 225
password-protecting 217
reinstalling 235
synchronizing with 29,
231
time zones and 158, 237
troubleshooting 225, 231
uninstalling 233
viewing and editing media
from 148
PALM folder 139, 141
Palm Install Tool See Install
Tool
Palm online support 11
Palm OS (defined) 253
Palm OS application files 182
Palm OS database files 182
Palm OS devices 26, 233,
234
Palm Software Installation
CD 10, 225
paper clip icon 96, 99
partial battery icon 21
partnerships 76, 130, 253
passkeys 75, 76, 130, 134
Password box 214, 217
password hints 215
passwords
changing 215, 217
deleting 215
dialing 59, 72
email and 92
forgetting 214, 217
owner info and 217
private entries and 211,
216
requiring 214
unlocking Centro and 214
voicemail and 58
Paste command 127
pasting
phone numbers 51
text 126
Pause button 152
pausing
music 152
streamed content 126
video playback 142, 145
video recording 142
voice memos 176
PCs. See computers
PDF files 97, 173
pending alerts 111, 230
pending messages 114, 117
personal identification
numbers. See PINs
personal information 155,
211, 214, 217
personal information
managers 225, 253
personalizing device 203
phone
See also phone calls;
Centro smartphone
adding hands-free devices
for 74, 77
adjusting volume 24, 80,
81
answering 56, 62, 78
conference calls and 62
dialing 51–55, 66, 72, 82
getting started with 23
hanging up 60, 62, 63
keyboard backlight and 39
listening to music and 56
locking 213–214
overview 58
receiving messages and
111
restrictions for 60
running apps and 60
searching for wireless
networks for 83
selecting tones for 79–80
service carrier for 10
setting preferences for 63,
64, 78
INDEX
280
silencing ringer for 57, 205
troubleshooting 237–239
turning on and off 50
viewing usage for 55, 65
Phone application
customizing 78–84
defined 253
displaying events in 163
opening 44, 50
overview 47
selecting wallpaper for
147
status icons for 84–86
phone book 67, 70, 71
Phone button 43, 44, 56, 60
Phone Call screen 56
phone calls
See also phone; phone
numbers
adding a second 61
disabling screen for 212
driving and 74
forwarding 63–65
making 51–55, 59, 61, 82
muting 59
placing on hold 59, 61
receiving 56, 62
restricting 213
sending to voicemail 56
switching between 62
viewing details about 58
Phone Display Options
command 81
phone icons 84
phone indicator. See indicator
light
Phone Info screen 24
Phone Lock 213, 214
phone numbers
adding for contacts 60, 65
adding pauses to 66, 72
adding prefixes to 82, 83
clearing 51
copying 51, 127
creating Quick Keys for 73
creating speed-dial
buttons for 72–73
dialing extra digits with 59,
72
dialing with voice
commands 53
entering 51, 52, 66
getting device 24
highlighting 36
importing 167
pasting into Dial Pad 51
redialing most recent 55
saving 60
selecting 54, 55, 127
Phone Off message 50
photo albums 96, 139, 144,
146, 147
Photo Settings screen 142
photos
See also pictures
adding captions 140
adding to albums 146, 147
adding to contacts 68, 147
copying 146
deleting 140, 147, 148
displaying info about 147
downloading 125
grouping 144
personalizing 140, 142
rotating 147
selecting as wallpaper 147
selecting background 162
sending 96, 109, 140, 145
setting default size 143
storing 137, 139
synchronizing 148
viewing 143, 144, 148
pick lists 36, 38
Pics & Videos app 143
Pics & Videos icon 144
picture formats 143
Picture list 145
INDEX 281
pictures
See also images; photos
attaching to multimedia
messages 109
saving 112, 140, 143
setting preferences for
142–143
synchronizing 69
taking 139–140, 245
PIMs 225, 253
PIN unlock key 253
PINs 213, 253
plain text formats 98, 104
Play button 152
Play icon (browser) 126
playing
multimedia messages 112
music 126, 152, 153
streamed content 126
video clips 142, 144
voice captions 144
voice memos 176
voicemail messages 57
playlists 153
plug-ins 121, 243
Pocket Tunes 148, 152, 153
Pocket Tunes icons 152
POP protocols 103
power preferences 23, 219
Power/End button 49, 50
PowerPoint files 97, 173
preferences
alarm tones 163
alert tones 80
applications 209, 210
buttons 209
calculator 181
camera 142
contact information 70
country-specific 207
email 101, 103
events 159
hands-free devices 78
Keyguard 212
messaging 114–117
owner information 217
phone 63, 64, 78
power settings 219
ringtones 79
system colors 208
system info 159, 218
system sounds 205
tasks 169
web browser 124
web pages 127–129
Prefs button 217
preinstalled apps 11, 185,
261
See also applications;
specific application
preset delays 215
preset passkeys 76, 134,
135
pressing keyboard keys 39
pressing onscreen buttons
212
Previous Song button 152
primary applications 209
primary buttons 210
prioritizing messages 110
prioritizing tasks 167, 169
privacy flag 167
Privacy Mode check box 115
Private check box 216
private entries 211, 215–216
processor 259
programs. See applications;
software
progress indicator (video)
142
Prompt sound pick list 142
protecting device 211–217
protecting personal
information 211, 214
protecting the screen 16
INDEX
282
proxy servers 129
pTunes icon 150
PUK (PIN unlock key) 253
Purge command 113, 161,
169
Purge pick list 113
purging information 27
push technology 105–106
Q
quarantined files 25, 28, 223
quick buttons 43–44, 209
Quick Keys 73, 253
Quick Tour 11
QuickText phrases 108
R
radians 181
radio 259
random numbers 181
range (Bluetooth devices) 75
Rcl button (calculator) 181
receipts (messaging) 115
recently viewed web page
icon 123
rechargeable battery. See
battery
Record command 189
Record Completion Date
check box 169
recorder 175
recording
ringtones 79
sounds 164
videos 109, 140–141
voice memos 175
Records button 186
recovering information 230
recovering passwords 217
recurring events 160, 163
Redial list 55
redirector (websites) 243
refreshing web pages 123,
243
reinstalling Palm Desktop
software 235
reinstalling third-party
applications 223, 224, 227
Remember Last Category
option 70
Reminder Sound pick list 164
reminders. See alarms; alerts
Remote Address Lookup
106
Remove from album
command 147
removing. See deleting
Rename Card command 200
Rename Memo command
176
repeat intervals (events) 160
Repeat list 160, 164, 167
repeating alarms 164
repeating events 160, 163
repeating tasks 167
rescheduling events 161
Reset Counters button 65
resets 223, 225–227
caution for 214, 226
Resolution pick list 143
resolution settings 140, 141
restarting device. See resets
restoring factory defaults 210
Return key 39
Review photos/videos pick
list 143
ringer 57, 81, 205
Ringer switch 17, 50
ringtone file types 109, 125
Ringtone pick list 69
ringtones
adding to caller IDs 69, 70
downloading 78, 125
recording 79
sending with messages
97, 109, 110
INDEX 283
setting for phone 79–80
setting preferences for 79
Roaming pick list 79
rotating photos 147
S
Save As command 174
Save as Contact command
147
Save as Wallpaper command
147
Save List button 153
Save Page command 124
Save Picture command 112
Save Sound command 112
saved web page indicator
124
saving
calendars 112
contact information 112
files 174
images 126
messages 95, 108
phone numbers 60
pictures 112, 140, 143
playlists 153, 154
video clips 142, 143
web pages 124
scheduling events 158, 159,
160
Sci(x) display format 181
scientific calculator 180
scientific notation 181
screen
activating items on 36
activating wrong features
229
adjusting brightness 58,
206, 219
aligning 207
dimming 44
disabling 211, 213
highlighting items on 36
locking 212
moving around on 33, 35
protecting 16
selecting items on 36, 37,
38
troubleshooting 229–230,
239
turning on or off 49, 219,
239
waking up 49
screen fonts 206
screen protectors 230
scroll arrows 36, 98
scrolling 122, 128
searching for
contacts 52, 53, 81
specific characters 179
text 127, 179
wireless services 83
secondary apps 209
secure websites 121, 122,
244
security 76, 211, 215, 217
Security button 214, 216
security certificates 121
Security command 216
Security screen 214
security software 211
Select Font dialog box 207
Select Media screen 96
Select Network command 83
self-portrait mirror 16
Send button 15
Send command 187
Send To Handheld droplet
151
sending
applications over
Bluetooth 187
calls to voicemail 56
email 95, 105, 111, 121
multimedia messages 107
photos 96, 109, 140, 145
INDEX
284
text messages 55, 56,
107
to chat rooms 114
video clips 142, 145
voice memos 176
Sent folder 117
servers 94, 105, 220
service contracts 10
settings (incompatible) 223
Setup Devices button 194
Setup Devices dialog box 76,
130, 133, 194
Shift/Find key 40, 179
short text messaging. See
SMS messaging
Show Address Bar option
127
Show Calendar event option
82, 163
Show Categories option 169
Show Category Column
option 162
Show Category List option
162, 163
Show Completed Tasks
option 169
Show Due Dates option 167,
169
Show Due Tasks option 162
Show Messages option 162
Show Priorities option 169
Show Records option 215,
216
Show SIM Phonebook option
70, 71
Show Time Bars option 162
Show timestamps in chats
option 115
Shutter sound pick list 142
Side button 15, 209
signal strength 84, 237
Signal Strength icon 238
signatures 104
silencing system sounds 57,
205
silencing the ringer 57
silent alarm 79, 80, 164, 205
silent alerts 116
SIM Book command 67
SIM cards 10, 17, 213, 254
SIT files 182, 183
size information 186
slide shows 145
slides 109, 254
Slideshow Setting command
145
smartcards 254
SMS messaging 107, 254
soft resets 225
software
See also applications
accessing 10, 125
conflicts with 233
installing 235
troubleshooting 225
uninstalling 233
updating 223
Software Installation CD 10,
225
songlists. See playlists
songs. See music
Sort by check box 169
Sort by Date command 113
Sort by Name command 113
Sort command 112
sorting
contacts 66, 70
messages 100, 112
tasks 169
Sound & Alerts Preferences
screen 163
sound clips 109, 110, 112
Sound Off position (ringer)
57, 205
Sound On position (ringer)
205
sounds 109, 163, 164, 205
INDEX 285
Sounds button 205
space (device) 26, 246
Space key 39
speaker 16
speakerphone 22, 58, 238
Speakerphone button 58
special characters 40, 42,
108
speed-dial buttons 54, 72–73
speed-dial icon 54
spreadsheets 97, 173
starting chat sessions 114
static 239, 240
static electricity 256
statistical functions 181
statistical information 186
status icons 23, 84–86, 99
stereo adapters 75, 148
stereo headsets 75, 148
Sto button (calculator) 181
storing
Centro 16, 17
information 177, 197, 246
music files 151
notes 174
photos 137, 139
videos 137, 141
streaming content 126, 254
style sheets 123, 128
stylus 35, 37, 38
support (Palm) 11
Swap button 61
SXGA digital camera. See
camera
symbols 40, 42, 66, 108
sync. See synchronization
sync button 31, 151
sync cable 31
sync connector pin 16
synchronization
Bluetooth devices and
132, 193, 195
changing defaults for 191,
192, 193, 201
device names and 28
Exchange ActiveSync and
104
IR ports and 196–197
offline 235
Outlook and 235
overview 30, 177
precautions for 26
removing apps and 185
setting up device for 25–
30
starting 31
third-party applications and
69, 225, 227, 230
troubleshooting 230–237
synchronization software
28–29, 210, 234
Synchronize the files setting
234
system colors 208
system dates and time 165,
218
system errors 233, 239, 248
system requirements 25
system resets 223, 226
system sounds 57, 205–206
System Volume pick list 206
T
tabs 51, 60, 82
taking pictures 139–140, 245
Tap and Drag check box 128
tapping 35, 36, 38, 207
Task Details dialog 166, 167
tasks
See also events
adding alarms 167, 169
categorizing 167
completing 167, 169
creating 166
deleting 169
displaying 157, 162, 168
marking as private 167
INDEX
286
prioritizing 167, 169
viewing attachments and
99
viewing due dates for 168,
169
Tasks application 166, 206
Tasks button 166
Tasks list 157, 167, 168, 169
Tasks Preferences screen
169
technical support (Palm) 11
telephone. See phone;
phone calls
temperature conversions
181
text
copying 126
displaying on backgrounds
162
entering 40, 175
finding 127, 179
highlighting 36, 37
resizing 122
selecting 37, 112, 128
truncated 237
text message icon 117
text messages
See also messages
addressing 107
checking status of 85, 86
creating 107–108
deleting 111, 113, 115
dialing from 54
downloading 110
making calls and 113
opening 111
retrieving 86
selecting links in 111
sending 55, 56, 107
setting alerts for 116
special characters and 108
troubleshooting 241
text messaging services 10,
241
third-party applications
5-way navigator and 35
adding caller IDs and 69
adding security and 217
backing up info and 26,
227
beaming and 191
caution for 223
compatibility with 25, 28
deleting 27, 247
getting help with 184
hard resets and 226
installing 223, 246
manually deleting 185
moving 27
reinstalling 223, 224, 227
searching in 179
synchronizing and 28
troubleshooting 247–248
uninstalling 184, 226
VPN clients and 220
third-party software. See
third-party applications
Thumbnail View 144, 145,
148
time
recording videos and 141
scheduling events and
158, 161
setting system 218
viewing 164
time bars 162
time formats 207
time preferences 218
time slots (calendar) 162
Time Zone pick list 158
time zones 159, 218, 236
Timed Events check box 163
timestamps 115
tips 9, 11
Tips icon 11
to do items. See tasks
toolbars 126, 145
INDEX 287
touchscreen. See screen
Touchscreen Preferences
screen 208
touch-sensitive features 212
transactions 122, 244
transmission delays 241, 242
Trash folder 100
travel alarm 166
trickle-charging device 20
trigonometric functions 181
troubleshooting 11, 221
truncated text 237
Trusted Devices button 133
Trusted Devices list 130,
133, 135, 188
trusted pairs. See
partnerships
TTY/TDD devices 83
tutorial 11
Typing starts search option
81
U
unauthorized users 211
Unfiled category 188
uninstalling
Palm software 233
third-party apps 184, 226
Unknown Caller pick list 79
unlocking
smart device 213
the keyboard 211
unread messages 86, 103,
117, 157, 162
untimed events 159, 160,
163
updating
application software 223
information 30, 177
World Clock 165
upgrades 25, 72, 223, 233
uploading music files 150
uppercase characters 40
urgent messages 117
URLs 111, 122, 128, 189
See also web links
USB hubs 30, 232
USB ports 30
Use color for pick list 115
user discussion groups 12
user folders 224, 231, 254
User Guide 11
usernames 94
V
Validity Period option 115
VersaMail application
changing accounts for 100
customizing 101–104
documentation for 246
getting started with 90
opening 92
sending email and 89, 96,
98
setting up 92, 93, 104
troubleshooting 241
version numbers 186
Vibrate pick list 79, 80, 164
vibrating alarm 79, 80, 164,
205
video albums 141, 144, 146,
147
video files 109, 125, 144
video recording screen 141
Video Settings screen 142
videos
adding to albums 146, 147
adjusting volume for 142
attaching to messages 96,
109, 142
copying 146
deleting 142, 148
displaying info about 147
downloading 125
grouping 144
jumping to specific
sections of 142
INDEX
288
pausing 142, 145
playing 126, 142, 144
recording 109, 140–141
removing from albums
147, 148
saving 142, 143
sending 142, 145
setting default size 143
setting preferences 142
storing 137, 141
synchronizing 148
viewing 143, 144, 148
View Activity Log command
102
virtual private networks 220
Visibility pick list 135, 188
voice captions
adding 140, 147
overriding 145
playing 144
Voice Dialing application 53
Voice Memo application 171,
175–176
Voice Memo list 176
voice memos 110, 175, 176
voicemail
checking for 85
disabling alerts for 57
listening to 57
retrieving 57, 85
sending calls to 56
setting alert tones for 80
setting up 57
Voicemail Alert pick list 80
Voicemail icon 57, 85
volume
alarm tones 163
alert tones 80
music 152
phone 24, 80, 238
ringer 81
ringtones 79
video clips 142
voice memos 176
Volume button 24, 80
volume conversions
(calculator) 181
Volume pick list 79, 80
volume preferences 205
VPN client software 220
W
waking up screen 49
wallpaper 81, 147
warranty 228
web addresses 122, 123,
127
web browser
accessing email and 89
auto-completion options
for 128
beaming from 189
connection status for 122
customizing 127–129
hiding toolbar in 126
opening 44, 122
overview 119, 121
restrictions for 121
setting default view 124,
127
setting home page 127
streaming and 126
unsupported items 243
web browser buttons 123
web browsing
See also web browser
DUN connections and
129, 132
from smartphone 121
memory and 247
restrictions for 60
secure sites and 121
setting default app for 210
troubleshooting 242–245
web forms 122
Web icon 122
INDEX 289
web links 36, 73, 121, 122
web pages
accessing 121, 123, 243
adding favorite buttons for
73
bookmarking 123–125
caching 129, 247
changing fonts for 206
changing layouts for 122
copying text from 126
dialing from 54, 127
disabling images 123, 128
displaying 121, 123
finding text on 127
opening 111, 128, 244
optimizing 244
redirecting 243
refreshing 123, 243
resizing text on 122
saving 124
scrolling 122, 128
selecting most recent 124
selecting text on 126, 128
sending email from 121
setting preferences for
127–129
viewing offline 124
web-based email 89
websites
See also web browsing
accessing secure 121,
122, 244
deleting cookies for 129
downloading from 125,
143
installing from 182
opening History list for
127
submitting transactions
and 122, 244
Week View 157
weight conversions 181
Wide Page Mode 121, 122
Windows systems
installing from 183
removing apps and 185
requirements for 25
synchronizing and 29, 31,
191, 196, 231
transferring music from
149, 150, 151
upgrading and 223, 233
viewing multimedia on
148
wireless accounts. See
accounts
wireless connections 119,
186, 188
wireless features 22, 247
wireless modems 130
wireless networks 83
Word documents 97, 173
World Clock 164–166
World Clock icon 165
world map 165
Wrap Search check box 127
Y
Year View 157
Z
ZIP files 182, 183
zoom settings (camera) 140
Palm, Inc.
950 W. Maude Ave.
Sunnyvale, CA 94085-2801
United States of America PN: 406-11191-00

Navigation menu